HP Intelligent Management Center

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "HP Intelligent Management Center"

Transcription

1 HP Intelligent Management Center Application Manager Administrator Guide Abstract This guide provides instructions for using IMC Application Manager. It includes information on prerequisites, service monitor management, widget management, port configuration, and application group management. Part number: Software version: IMC PLAT 5.1 SP1 (E0202P05) Edition 1

2 Copyright 2012 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. No part of this documentation may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Acknowledgments Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. ii

3 Contents 1 Application Manager overview 1 Installation and network planning 1 Installation requirements 1 APM network planning 2 Application classes management 2 APM communication management 4 APM monitor features 5 Application monitor management 5 Application group management 6 Threshold and Port configuration management 6 APM Widget management 6 2 Quick start 7 Prerequisites 7 Application monitor configuration 7 Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery 8 Adding an application monitor manually 9 Adding monitors for various types of applications 10 Viewing monitoring report 11 Analyzing root cause of unhealthy applications 13 3 Monitor management 15 Application monitor 15 Viewing an application monitor list 15 Customizing a monitor list 16 Querying an application monitor 17 Adding an application monitor 17 Editing an application monitor 18 Deleting monitoring application 19 Management an application monitor 19 Start Polling 19 Host monitor 20 Viewing a host monitor in the host mode 20 Viewing a host monitor in the list mode 20 Class monitor 21 Viewing a class monitor 21 Custom a monitor 22 Viewing a custom monitors list 22 iii

4 Viewing custom monitor details 23 Adding a custom monitor 23 Modifying a custom monitor 24 Deleting a custom monitor 24 Viewing a custom monitor report 25 4 Application group 27 Application group management 27 Viewing application group list 27 Viewing the group details 28 Adding a application group 28 Modifying the application group 29 Deleting the application group 29 5 Threshold and Port configuration 30 Threshold Configuration 30 Viewing the global threshold list 30 Querying the global threshold 31 Modifying the global threshold 31 Setting the custom threshold 32 Port Configuration 33 Viewing the application default port list 34 Modifying the application default port list 34 6 Widget management 35 Application monitor widget 35 Setting display parameters 35 Setting refresh interval 36 Host monitor widget 36 Setting refresh interval 37 7 Windows OS monitor 38 Windows XP 38 Adding a Windows XP application monitor 38 Modifying a Windows XP application monitor 39 Viewing the Windows XP application monitor report 40 Windows Server 50 Adding a Windows Server application monitor 50 Modifying a Windows Server application monitor 51 Viewing the Windows Server application monitor report 52 8 UNIX server monitor 64 AIX 64 Configuring AIX monitor 64 Viewing AIX monitoring report 66 Solaris 79 Configuring Solaris monitor 79 iv

5 Viewing Solaris monitoring report 81 FreeBSD 93 Configuring FreeBSD monitor 93 Viewing FreeBSD monitoring report 95 Mac OS 107 Configuring Mac OS monitor 108 Viewing Mac OS monitoring report 109 OpenBSD 121 Configuring OpenBSD monitor 121 Viewing OpenBSD monitoring report 123 HP-UX 135 Configuring HP-UX monitor 135 Viewing HP-UX monitoring report 136 Linux server monitor 150 Linux 150 Adding a Linux application monitor 150 Modifying a Linux application monitor 151 Viewing the Linux application monitor report 152 Database Server Monitor 165 SQL Server 165 Adding a SQL Server application monitor 165 Modifying a SQL Server application monitor 166 SQL Server application monitor report 167 MySQL 183 Adding a MySQL application monitor 183 Modifying a MySQL application monitor 184 MySQL application monitor reports 185 Oracle 197 Adding a Oracle application monitor 197 Modifying an Oracle application monitor 198 Oracle application monitor reports Application server monitor 211.NET server 211 Adding a.net server application monitor 211 Modifying a.net server application monitor 212 Viewing the.net server application monitor report Web server monitor 222 Apache server 222 Configuring the Apache server 222 Adding an Apache server application monitor 222 Modifying an Apache server application monitor 223 Viewing the Apache server application monitor report 224 IIS server 228 v

6 Adding an IIS server application monitor 228 Modifying an IIS server application monitor 229 Viewing the IIS server application monitor report 230 PHP 239 Adding a PHP application monitor 239 Modifying a PHP application monitor 240 Viewing the PHP application monitor report Mail server monitor 245 Exchange Server Adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor 245 Modifying an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor 246 Viewing the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report 248 Exchange Server Adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor 258 Modifying an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor 260 Viewing the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor report 261 POP3 272 Adding a POP3 application monitor 272 Modifying a POP3 application monitor 273 Viewing the POP3 application monitor report 274 SMTP 277 Adding an SMTP application monitor 277 Modifying an SMTP application monitor 278 Viewing the SMTP application monitor report Web service monitor 283 RESTful Web service 283 Adding a RESTful Web service application monitor 283 Modifying a RESTful Web service application monitor 284 Viewing the RESTful Web service application monitor report 285 SOAP-based Web service 288 Adding a SOAP-based Web service application monitor 289 Modifying a SOAP-based Web service application monitor 290 Viewing the SOAP-based Web service application monitor report LDAP service monitor 295 Active Directory service 295 Adding an AD service application monitor 295 Modifying an AD service application monitor 296 Viewing the AD service application monitor report 297 LDAP service 308 Adding an LDAP service application monitor 308 Modifying an LDAP service application monitor 310 Viewing the LDAP service application monitor report 311 vi

7 16 File/Directory monitor 317 File 317 Adding a file application monitor 317 Modifying a file application monitor 318 Viewing the file application monitor report 319 Directory 323 Adding a directory application monitor 323 Modifying a directory application monitor 324 Viewing the directory monitor report Service monitor 329 SNMP service 329 Adding an SNMP service application monitor 329 Modifying an SNMP service application monitor 330 Viewing the SNMP service application monitor report 331 DNS service 334 Adding a DNS service application monitor 334 Modifying a DNS service application monitor 336 Viewing the DNS service application monitor report HTTP service monitor 341 URL 341 Adding a URL application monitor 341 Modifying a URL application monitor 342 Viewing the URL application monitor report Support and other resources 347 Contacting HP 347 Subscription service 347 Related information 347 Documents 347 Websites 347 Conventions 348 vii

8 1 Application Manager overview Application Manager (APM) is a network management software product based on IMC platform, and it is used to monitor various applications in the network. During the monitoring process, APM collects data from the applications and generates an application monitor report. It is helpful for the operators to solve the application performance bottleneck problems, and guarantee the significant services will be available, reliable, and continuous. Usually, a significant service works on the different host and composes of several applications. Figure 1 shows the work model of APM, PLAT, and Applications. Besides, APM can also provide the operating system monitor function. Supported host types: PC, work station, server Supported operating system types: Windows, Linux, and Unix Supported application types: Web server, database, mail server and so on Figure 1 PLAT APM and Applications Installation and network planning Installation requirements To prepare for installation of the APM module, make sure that you have met the following requirements: IMC version 5.1 is already installed and deployed on your network. APM can be installed normally in any one of the following environments: Windows + SQL Server Windows + MySQL Linux + MySQL Linux + Oracle 1

9 A connection to a supported database is available for the APM deployment. The APM installation procedures are similar with other IMC modules, for more information, see IMC Installation Guide. NOTE: Monitoring applications via WMI is available when the APM is installed in the Windows + SQL Server or Windows + MySQL environment. APM network planning APM can be used in various scenarios, and the most classic one is monitor the applications in a data center as Figure 2 shown. Furthermore, APM is applicable to be deployed in any management network which allows to access to any applications. Figure 2 An classic APM network architecture Application classes management Along with the internet technology developing, more and more applications come out, and each one has its own monitor mode. The applications we talked about involve operating system, database, service, and file system. According to different applications, APM provides you corresponding monitor solutions as shown in the Table 1. APM collects the application index continually, and then come to a graphic application report. More details about the application monitor modes and related index will be introduced in the coming chapters. Table 1 Available applications Type Name Details Windows Server Monitor Windows XP Windows XP 2

10 Type Name Details Windows Windows Server 2003/2008 Unix Server Monitor Server AIX AIX 5.4 and higher version Solaris Solaris 5.10 and higher version FreeBSD FreeBSD 8.2 and higher version Mac OS OpenBSD Mac OS X Server and higher version OpenBSD 4.6 and higher version HP-UX HP-UX and higher version Linux Server Monitor Database Server Monitor Linux SQL Server MySQL Ubuntu Redhat SUSE Cent OS and so on SQL Server 2000/2005/2008 MySQL 5.x Oracle Oracle 8.x/9i/10g/11g Application Server Monitor.NET Server JBoss Server All version JBoss 4.x/5.0.1 Tomcat Server Tomcat 5.x/6.x/7.0 Web Server Monitor Apache Server Apache 2.x IIS Server IIS 6.0 and higher version 3

11 Type Name Details Mail Server Monitor Exchange 2003 Exchange 2003 Exchange 2007 Exchange 2007 Web Service Monitor REST Service SOAP Service n/a n/a LDAP Service Monitor File system Monitor Active Directory FILE Active directory deployed in the Windows Server 2003/2008 n/a Directory n/a Service Monitor SNMP Service n/a APM communication management APM monitor the application by means of the following ways: SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) supported broadly by the operating system and network device. APM collects the host monitor index through the SNMP Agent which is deployed in the host. The default SNMP Agent listening port is 161, and it cannot be modified in most cases. CLI APM supports you to visit the host by Telnet or SSH, and collect target monitor index with command lines. To Telnet, the default listening port is 23, and to SSH, it is 22. Basically, CLI is used to monitor the UNIX and Linux system. WMI Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI) is a core management technology of Windows. APM collects Windows operating system and applications monitor index by WMI. The default listening port is 135. Emphatically, APM is available to monitor applications through WMI, when it is installed in the Windows + SQL Server and the Windows + MySQL. JMX Java Management Extensions provides a platform for managing applications, devices and systems. APM collects Tomcat and JBoss monitor index by JMX. The default listening port is 1009, and it can be modified by operators. 4

12 Service port APM can collect the monitor index by the applications service port, such as SQL Server-1433, MySQL-3306 and Oracle APM is able to get monitor index from those applications through their service ports. Also, it is applicable to operators to modify the service ports. APM monitor features APM provide operators the following functions to monitor the applications: Application monitor Application group Threshold and Port configuration Widget management Application monitor management APM gets monitor results by application monitor function, and then come to the different views according to what you need. Application Monitor According to different applications, application monitor provides several different templates which composed by a set of corresponding parameters and configurations. With such a specific template, APM collects monitor data and analyze them, it plays a basic part of host monitor, class monitor and custom monitor. Host Monitor Host monitor is used to analyze and assess the availability and healthy status of the host on which the applications run. It includes host overview and list two display patterns. Class Monitor Class monitor is used to display the health status for each application class, which is predefined by the IMC system. The health status of applications depends on the worst health status of the application group. Custom Monitor Custom monitor allows you to add more different applications to the monitor index into one view. It is convenient when you are analyzing the services performance. For more information, see "Custom monitor." 5

13 Application group management APM divides applications into several groups according to the different authorities of user. A new adding application cannot be added into any group automatically, which means any users such as administrators, maintainers, or even viewers is applicable to check its application monitor report. So be sure to add the applications into groups to make the authority more clear. For more information, see "Application group management." Threshold and Port configuration management APM provides you threshold and port configuration management function to manage the alarm activated conditions and service listening port. Threshold Configuration APM provides you threshold configuration for monitoring the application indexes. Once the indexes value meets the threshold, it will trigger a related alarm. The threshold is divided into two types: global threshold and user defined. You can configure the global threshold in the Threshold Configuration, and configure the custom threshold in the application monitor report. Port Configuration Listening port makes applications collecting monitor data, each one application may listen to some ports. APM manage and monitor the status of the applications through the listening ports. It is applicable to APM to find a new application automatically by scanning the listening ports of the host. But if you add a new application manually, the administrator needs to specify the listening port for the application in the APM. For more information, see Threshold and Port Configuration. APM Widget management APM provides Widget function to facilitate administrator use, it including the following two types: Application Monitor Monitor application s availability and health status. Host Monitor Monitor application host s availability and health status. For more information, see Widget management. 6

14 2 Quick start This section provides instructions on how to monitor applications and view the monitoring report for administrators that use the APM service module for the first time, or want to add the application monitors in batches. Prerequisites To monitor an application in APM, you first need to complete the following operations: 1. Obtain information related to the target application, including application type, host IP address of the application, and administrators that manage the application. 2. Add the host on which the target application resides to the IMC base platform. To do this, you need to obtain the following information: SNMP community string Telnet user name and password SSH user name and password NOTE: APM can only monitor applications running on the hosts that are added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. 3. If the type of the target application is JBoss Server, Tomcat Server, or Apache Server, configure the following servers for monitoring the related applications: Configure JBoss server Configure Tomcat server Configure Apache server IMPORTANT: To manage applications in APM, you must have the administrator authority of the host where the target applications reside. Application monitor configuration APM provides the application monitor function that helps administrators comprehensively understand the performance of applications, including availability, health status, and other specified performance indexes. In addition, it provides the ability to identify the root cause for the unhealthy applications. 7

15 Two ways to add an application monitor are: Adding an application monitor via auto-discovery Adding an application monitor manually Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery With the auto-discovery function, APM can automatically detect the applications running on the target hosts through the host listening ports, and display the detected application list for you to select the applications to be monitored. HP recommends that you use this function when adding application monitors in batches. NOTE: APM can only detect the application running on the hosts that are added to the IMC base platform. To add application monitors automatically: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Auto Discovery. 3. Click Add to open the Select Devices dialog box. 4. In the Select Devices dialog box, select the By View tab or the Advanced tab to locate the target hosts. To locate hosts using the By View tab: a. Click the selection arrow to the left of the device folder to open the device list. The three available device lists appear: IP View, Device View, and Custom View. b. Click the Device Group, IP, or Custom Group. The devices listed in that group display in the Devices Found List. To locate the device using the Advanced tab: a. Click the Advanced Tab. b. Complete the following fields, and then click Query. Device IP Input the IP address with IPv4 format you want to query for. If you select Exact Query check box, you must input the exact IP address of the device you search for. If the Exact Query check box is not selected, the APM supports fuzzy matching for this field. Exact Query Click the Exact Query checkbox if you want APM to search for the exact IP address you input. Device Label Input a partial or complete name for the device(s) you want to add. Device Status Select device status from the Device Status dropdown list. Device Category Select a device type from the Device Category dropdown list. Device Series Select a device series from the Device Series dropdown list. Contact Input the full or partial name of the contact you want to search for. 8

16 Location Input the location information you want to search for. Device Reachability Select device reachability status from the Device Reachability dropdown list. The resulting devices display in the Devices Found list. 5. After the devices appear in the Devices Found box, highlight and click the appropriate hosts. 6. Use the Add Selection icon to add the hosts to the Selected Devices box. If you want to remove a selected device, highlight the device and click the Remove Selected icon. To add all the hosts in the Devices Found box to the Selected Devices box, click the Add All Selections icon. To remove all the selected devices, click the Remove All Selected icon. 7. Repeat steps 4 and 5 to continue adding hosts to the Selected Devices box. 8. Once all of the hosts have been added to the Selected Devices lower operation box, click OK. All the selected hosts are displayed in the Host List. NOTE: To delete a selected host, click the delete icon of the corresponding host record. 9. Click Start on the Auto-discovery page, APM starts detecting the applications running on the selected hosts, and displays the detection result in the Result list. It may take long time if APM detects multiple target hosts. During the application detection, click End to finish the automatic detection. 10. Select the application you want to monitor, and then click Add to monitor to open the adding application page. 11. Specify the corresponding parameters of the application you want to monitor, and then click OK. To monitor different types of applications, you need to specify different parameters. For more information, see Adding monitors for various types of applications. Adding an application monitor manually The auto-discovery function identifies the application types according to the ports used by the applications. But in the practical deployment environment, the same type of applications may use different ports, which cause APM cannot identify the application type via auto-discovery. In this scenario, you can add the application monitor manually. Manual adding an application monitor is an alternative solution for monitoring the applications that cannot be detected via the auto-discovery, such as applications of REST service, SOAP service, file monitor, directory monitor, and SNMP monitor. HP recommends that you firstly add application monitors using the auto-discovery function, and then manually add the application monitors which cannot be detected automatically when adding application monitors in batches. 9

17 To add an application monitor manually: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Add Application. 3. In the Add Application page, click the icon of the target application type to open the corresponding adding application page. 4. Specify the corresponding parameters of the application you want to monitor, and then click OK. To monitor different types of applications, you need to specify different parameters. For more information, see Adding monitors for various types of applications. Adding monitors for various types of applications APM provides the ability to monitor various types of applications, which have different features, monitoring modes, and performance indexes. To monitor the different types of applications, you need to configure different parameters. Table1 lists all application types and the corresponding configurations. Table 2 Application types Type Windows XP Operation Windows Server AIX Solaris FreeBSD Mac OS OpenBSD HP-UX Configuring AIX monitor Configuring Solaris monitor Configuring FreeBSD monitor Configuring Mac OS monitor Configuring OpenBSD monitor Configuring HP-UX monitor Linux SQL Server MySQL Oracle.NET Server JBoss Server Tomcat Server Apache Server IIS Server 10

18 Type Operation Exchange 2003 Exchange 2007 REST Service SOAP Service Active Directory File Monitor Directory Monitor SNMP Monitor Viewing monitoring report After adding an application monitor to the monitoring list, APM start collecting and analyzing the monitored indexes of the application, and displays all index data and performance evaluation result in a monitoring report. APM provide you with the ability to view the monitoring report in real time, as well as identify the root cause for the unhealthy applications. To view the monitoring report: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor. All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the name of the application of which you want to view monitoring report, the real-time report of the selected application displays. In addition to the monitored indexes, you can view the following information about the monitored application: Management status Indicate whether the target application is managed by APM, which including: Managed Indicate APM is monitoring the application, and collecting the monitored indexes for the application. It is the default management state of applications, and administrator can stop managing a specified application, which changes the management state to be unmanaged. Unmanaged Indicate APM stops collecting the monitored indexes for the application. Availability Indicate the status of the connection between the target application and APM, which including: Available Indicate APM can connect with the target application, and collects the specified monitored indexes. Inaccessible Indicate APM can connect with the target application, but cannot collect a specified monitored index. This status can trigger a critical alarm. 11

19 Unavailable Indicate APM cannot connect with the target application, which can trigger a critical alarm. Unmanaged Indicate the target application is not monitored by APM. If the management state is Unmanaged, the availability of the application turns to be unmanaged. NOTE: You can view the current availability of an application in the Application Monitor list. After you click the name of the application to open the monitoring report, you can view the statistics of the application availabilities. Health status Indicates the evaluation result of the target application, which including: Healthy Indicates the applications is available, and APM can collect all indexes that does not meet the condition of Layer-1 threshold. Minor Indicates the applications is available, but APM cannot collect partial monitored indexes. This health status can trigger a minor alarm. Major Indicates the applications is available, and the monitored indexes collected by APM meet the condition of Layer-1 threshold. This health status can trigger a major alarm. Critical Indicates the applications is unavailable, or the application is available, and the monitored indexes collected by APM meet the condition of Layer-2 threshold. This health status can trigger a critical alarm. Unknown Indicates the application is inaccessible or unmanaged. Table 3 shows the relationship between the management state, availability, and health status. Table 3 Relationship between management state, availability, and health status Management State Availability Health status Managed Available Healthy Minor Major or Critical Unavailable Inaccessible Critical Unknown Unmanaged Unmanaged Unknown NOTE: You can view the alarms on the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. The monitoring report displays different monitored indexes and statistics for the different types of applications. Table 4 lists all application types and the corresponding reports. 12

20 Table 4 Monitoring report introduction Type Windows XP Monitoring report Windows Server AIX Solaris FreeBSD Mac OS OpenBSD HP-UX Viewing AIX monitoring report Viewing Solaris monitoring report Viewing FreeBSD monitoring report Viewing Mac OS monitoring report Viewing OpenBSD monitoring report Viewing HP-UX monitoring report Linux SQL Server MySQL Oracle.NET Server JBoss Server Tomcat Server Apache Server IIS Server Exchange 2003 Exchange 2007 REST Service SOAP Service Active Directory File Monitor Directory Monitor SNMP Monitor Analyzing root cause of unhealthy applications APM provides you with the facility to analyze and identify the root cause of the unhealthy applications. 13

21 To analyze the root cause of unhealthy applications: 1. Click the Analyze icon in the monitoring report of a specified unhealthy application, as shown in Figure 3. Figure 3 Monitoring report 2. In the Analyze page (Figure 4), click the related nodes to view the details, and identify the root cause of unhealthy state. APM displays all related information as nodes, which including CPU, memory, disks, interfaces, and so forth. APM marks nodes in different colors according to health status of the corresponding nodes, as shown in Figure 4. Figure 4 Root cause identifier HP recommends that you analyze the information of nodes in yellow, orange and red to identify the potential root causes. NOTE: APM cannot provide the root cause analysis facility for the applications of which availability is unavailable, unreachable, or unmanaged. This is because APM cannot collect all monitored indexes for the applications of the mentioned availability. 14

22 3 Monitor management Monitor management is an important feature in APM. The monitor is used to collect the performance indexes, health status, availability and so forth. The monitor management displays the analysis and statistics reports base on these data and information. Monitor The monitor summarizes a group parameters and configurations, it collects the application indexes data to analysis the health status and the availability. Each application only has one monitor. Host monitor Host monitor focuses on the availability and the health status. Class monitor Class monitor focuses on the health status of each application type. Custom monitor Custom monitor focuses on the performance and health status of the whole service. Application monitor All the monitors in APM are defined as application monitors. APM provides the ability to query, add, modify, and delete the application monitors, as well as the ability to customize an application monitor list, manage/unmanaged an application monitor, and start polling the application monitors. Viewing an application monitor list To view an application monitor list: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Management >Application Monitor. The application monitor list displays. To view the content of the application monitor list: You can customize the columns shown in the application monitor list. More information on how to customize the application monitor list, see "Customizing a monitor list." The columns you can customize in the application monitor list are: Name-Specify the name of the application monitors. Click the link of the different application monitor names to view the different monitor reports. Application Type-Specify the type of the application system, such as ISS server. Click the link of the application type to filter other types of applications. For more information, see Table 1. Host- Specify the IP address of the host that the monitor application resides. Availability Specify the availability of the application for the last poll query, includes : Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible and Unmanaged. Put the mouse on the icon of availability to view the application availability for last hour, different colors stand for different status of the availability. 15

23 Health Status Specify the health statuss of the applications for the last polling query, includes: Health, Minor, Major, Critical and Unknown. Put the mouse on the icon of health status to view the application health status in last hour, different colors stand for the different health status. Manage Status-Specify the application management status, include Managed and Unmanaged. Contact -Specify the contact information of the application administrator. Modify-Click the Modify icon to modify the parameters of the application monitor. Delete-Click the Delete icon to delete an application monitor. 3. Click Refresh icon, the application monitor view list will be refresh. Navigating the User List: Click the Previous Page icon to page backward in the Application Monitor list. Click the Next Page icon to page forward in the Application Monitor list. Click the First Page icon to page forward to the end of the Application Monitor list. Click the Last Page icon to page backward to the front of the Application Monitor list. Click 8, 15, 50, 100, or 200 at the upper right of the User List to configure how many items per page you want to display. NOTE: You can rank the application monitor by name, application types; click the list labels to do this operation. Customizing a monitor list To customize a monitor list: 1. Click Resource tab. 2. In the navigation, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. You can view the Application Monitor list. 3. Click Custom page button, you can view Custom Display List window. The customize columns include: Name(Default) Type of application(default) Host Available (Default) Health status(default) Management status(default) Contact 4. Select the column which displays in the application monitor list. 16

24 5. Click the shift up/shift down icon / to modify the rank of the columns in the application monitor list. 6. Click OK to complete the process. 7. Click Reset button to reset the value as default value. Querying an application monitor To query an application monitor: 1. Click Resource Tab. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application management>application monitor in the menu. You can view Application monitor list. 3. Put the mouse on the Query in the Application monitor list, the query window pops up. 4. Input the query condition: Name Specify the application name. This query condition supports fuzzy query. Application Type- Select the type options from the dropdown list. Availability-Select the available options from the dropdown list. Health status- Select the health status options from the Dropdown list. 5. Click Query button, the application monitor can be filtered according to the query conditions. Click Reset button, all of the query conditions are removed and all the application monitors display. Click the application type link to display the corresponding type of application monitors. Click Reset button to display the completed list. Adding an application monitor The operator can add application monitor from the Application Monitor list manually, or do the auto recover to add the application monitor. You can only add one application monitor once in the application monitor list. If you want to add more than one application monitor once, please use the auto discover function. This chapter introduces to add application monitor from application monitor list. To add an application monitor: 1. Click Resource page. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application management > Application monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. 3. Click the button Add, then click the name of the application types to enter Add Application>Application Type page. 4. Configure the parameter for the application monitor. You need to configure the different parameters for the different types of application monitors. A list of application monitors is shown in Table 5. Table 5 Adding application monitor Application type Windows XP Adding application monitor Adding Windows XP application monitor 17

25 Application type Windows server AIX Solaris FreeBSD Mac OS OpenBSD HP-UX Linux SQL Server MySQL Oracle.NET server JBoss server Tomcat server Apache server IIS server Exchange 2003 Exchange 2007 REST server SOAP server Active Directory server Files Contents SNMP server Adding application monitor Adding Windows Server application monitor Adding AIX application monitor Adding Solaris application monitor Adding FreeBSD application monitor Adding Mac OS application monitor Adding OpenBSD application monitor Adding HP-UX application monitor Adding Linux application monitor Adding SQL Server application monitor Adding MySQL application monitor Adding Oracle application monitor Adding.NET application monitor Adding JBoss application monitor Adding Tomcat application monitor Adding Apache application monitor Adding IIS application monitor Adding Exchange 2003 application monitor Adding Exchange 2007 application monitor Adding REST service application monitor Adding SOAP service application monitor Adding Active Directory service application monitor Adding files application application monitor Adding contents application monitor Adding SNMP service application monitor 5. Click OK. Editing an application monitor To edit an application monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. Click the modify icon in application management, enter Modify Application >Application Type page. 3. Modify the configuration parameters of the application monitor. 18

26 4. Click OK button. Different types of the application monitors match different parameters, for more information see Table 5. Please note that you cannot modify the type of the application monitor and the IP address. Deleting monitoring application The application monitor which used by the custom monitor is not allowed to be deleted. When the application monitor is deleted, all of the application monitor index data is cleared. To delete application monitor 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. You can see the Application Monitor list. 3. Click the delete icon to delete the application monitor. 4. Click OK button to confirm the application monitor which need to be deleted. Management an application monitor Management Status is to specify whether the target application is managed by APM, which including: Managed Indicate APM is monitoring the application, and collecting the performance indexes for the application. It is the default management status of applications, and administrator can stop managing a specified application, which changes the management status to be unmanaged. Unmanaged- Indicate APM stops collecting the performance indexes for the application. For the new added application monitor, the default status is Manage; the operator can turn it into Unmanaged status manually. Start polling cannot change the management status of the application. To do Manage/Unmanaged operation: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Application Monitor in the menu. You can see the Application Monitor list. 3. Tick the checkbox to select the application monitor which needs to be Managed/ Unmanaged. 4. If you want to cancel the management of the application monitor, click Unmanaged icon. If you want to manage the application monitor, please click Manage icon. Start Polling In the Manage status, the application monitor will collect the application monitor index data when it meets the start polling time; In the Unmanaged status, the application monitor will not collect the application monitor index data when it meets the interval polling time. The start polling function can order APM to collect the application monitor index once, no matter the management status is Manage or Unmanaged. To start Polling: 19

27 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation, select Application Management >Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. 3. Tick the checkbox to select the application monitor to do the start polling operation. 4. Click the Start Polling button, the monitor collects the application monitor index data. Host monitor Host monitor includes Host mode and List mode; it mainly focuses on the availability and the health status of the host. Viewing a host monitor in the host mode To view a host monitor in the host mode. 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select the menu options Application Management>Host Monitor. You can click Host and List tab to make a conversion from the Host Monitor list and the Host monitor list. The default page displays host overview information. 3. The host monitor is shown as Figure 5. Figure 5 Host monitor overview The host page displays all of the applications in every host. Different colors stand for the different health status. The availability stands for the availability status. More information on availability and health status, please see management status, availability and health status. 4. Click the host name or IP to view the host detail information. More information on host, please see the Resource Management in IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide. 5. Click the application name link to view the corresponding application monitor report. More information on the all types of application monitor report, see the reference link in Table 5. Viewing a host monitor in the list mode To view a host monitor in the list mode. 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application management>host monitor in the menu. Click Host and List to view the host monitor overview and host monitor list. The default displays the host monitor overview. 3. Click Host tab turn to the host mode. 20

28 4. Figure 6 is shown as host mode. Figure 6 Host monitor list The content of host monitor list is as follows: Host Indicates the equipment label of the host machine. Click the equipment label to view the specific information of the host machine. More information on the equipment, please refer to the Resource Management in IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide. Operation System Indicates the operation system used in the host machine. Availability Specify the status of the connection between the target application and APM. Heath Status Specify the evaluation result of the target application. Application Monitor Click the Application icon to view the corresponding application monitor report. 5. Click Refresh to renew the host monitor list. Class monitor Class monitor mainly focuses on the health status. The application type is pre-defined in APM, every application type can include more than one application, and the health status of the application depends on the worst health status. Viewing a class monitor To view a class monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application management>class monitor in the menu. You can see the class monitor, shown as Figure 7. 21

29 Figure 7 Class monitor The different background colors stand for the health status of the application types. The health status depends on the worst health status. <Application Type Name>[N/M],N is the application number in health status, M is the number of all the applications. Click the application type name to view the types of the application monitor. Put mouse on the application type name, you can the detail of the health status, for example, Healthy: 1, Critical: 0, Major: 0, Minor: 0,--:0. <Application Class Name>[N/M],N is the application number of the Health status, M is the number of all the application. Click the application type name to view the types of the application monitor. APM supplies the Start Polling, Manage/Unmanage and other functions. More information on these functions, please see monitor management. Custom monitor The operator can view, add, modify, delete the custom monitors and view the custom monitor report. The custom monitor can put more than one key index into one custom page to supply the support for the whole service performance and health status. Viewing a custom monitors list To view a custom monitors list, following the steps: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation, select Application management >Custom monitor in the menu. You can view the entire custom monitor in the page. The content of the custom monitors list is as follows: 22

30 Name Specify the custom monitor name. Description specify the detail of the custom monitors. View-Click the view icon to view the custom monitors reports. Modify-Click the modify icon to modify the custom monitors. Delete-Click the delete icon to delete the custom monitors. 3. Click Fresh button to update the content of the custom monitor list. Viewing custom monitor details To view the custom monitor details: 1. Click Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application custom>custom view. The page displays all the custom views. 3. Click the custom view name to view the custom monitor specific details. The content of the custom monitors details are as follows: Name-Indicate the name of the custom monitor. Description-Indicate the description of the custom monitor Application Index List This list displays the entire application monitor index in the custom monitor. Application index list Indicate the application index name used by custom monitor. Name Indicate the application name of the application index. Application type Indicate the application type accordant with the application index. Click Back button to return to the custom view page. Adding a custom monitor To add custom monitors: 1. Click Resource tab. 2. In the navigation, click Application management >Custom monitor in the menu. The page displays all the custom monitors. 3. Click Add button, enter into the Add custom view page. 4. Input the information as follows: Name-Input the custom monitor name. Description-Input the custom monitors description information. The specific information is helpful for the operator to manage and maintain. Click the Add button in the application monitor index, the Select Application Index dialog pops up. a. Click the Unfold/Fold icon / to extend or fold the application type/ application monitor index. One application type could contain one or more applications under this type. 23

31 b. Select the Application Index for the custom monitor. c. Click OK button, the index which is selected in the last step will display in the application index list. 5. Click the Move up/ Move down icon / to change the arrangement of the monitor indexes which display in the custom report. The index which is in the front row in the application index list, will display in the front row in the custom report. 6. Click OK button. Modifying a custom monitor To modify custom monitors: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Custom Monitor in the menu. You can see all of the custom monitors in the page. 3. Click the modify icon to enter the Modifying Custom monitors page. 4. To modify the following information: Name The name of the custom monitor cannot be changed. Description You can use to modify the description information for the custom monitor. The specific details are helpful for the operator to maintain and manage the system. 5. Click the Add button in the application index list, the dialogue box Select Application Index pops up. a. Click the Unfold/Fold icon / to extend or fold the application type/ application monitor index. One application type could contain one or more applications under this type. b. Select the Application Index for the custom monitor. c. Click OK button, the index which is selected in the last step will display in the application index list. 6. Click the Delete icon in the application index list, confirm it and delete the application index. 7. Click the Move up/ Move down icon / to change the arrangement of the monitor index which displays in the custom report. The index which is in the front row in the application index list, will display in the front row in the custom report. 8. Click OK button. Deleting a custom monitor When you are doing the operation of deleting the custom monitor, the application monitor indices and data cannot be deleted; you can view the application monitor indices and data through the monitor reports. To delete the custom monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Custom Monitor in the menu. You can see all of the custom monitors. 3. Click the delete icon to delete the custom monitor. 24

32 4. Click OK to confirm this operation. Viewing a custom monitor report To view a custom monitor report: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. In the navigation tree, select Application Management>Custom Monitor in the menu. You can see all of the custom monitors. 3. Click the report icon to view the custom monitor reports. The custom monitor reports display the different content with the different monitor indexes. The recommend information for each monitor index is contained in the corresponding application monitor report. For the content of all types of application monitor reports, see the application monitor reports link in Table 6. Table 6 Application monitor reports Application type Windows XP Windows server AIX Solaris FreeBSD Mac OS OpenBSD HP-UX Linux SQL Server MySQL Oracle.NET server JBoss server Tomcat server Apache server IIS server Exchange 2003 Exchange 2007 REST server SOAP server Active Directory server File Content Application monitor reports Windows XP Application monitor report Windows Server Application monitor report AIX Application monitor report Solaris Application monitor report FreeBSD Application monitor report Mac OS Application monitor report Open BSD Application monitor report HP-UX Application monitor report Linux Application monitor report SQL Server Application monitor report MySQL Application monitor report Oracle Application monitor report.net Application monitor report JBoss Application monitor report Tomcat Application monitor report Apache Application monitor report IIS Application monitor report Exchange 2003 Application monitor report Exchange 2007 Application monitor report REST server Application monitor report SOAP server Application monitor report Active Directory server application monitor report File application monitor report Content application monitor report 25

33 Application type SNMP server Application monitor reports SNMP Service application monitor report Note: The monitor index can set the threshold value; this threshold value is as same as the value in the application monitor report. If you modify the threshold value in the custom monitor report, the threshold value in the application monitor report will also be changed. More information on threshold value setting, please see the threshold value management. 26

34 4 Application group Application group function is convenient for the operator to manage and monitor the health status and availability of different applications. Besides, the applications are available to be grouped by different authority. Each operator group has a specific authorization to view the application monitor report. A new adding application belongs to Ungrouped, which can be accessed by any operator. Application group management You can add four hierarchy subgroups under a parent group, and there is no inheritance relationship between them. This chapter introduces you how to view, add, modify and delete application group. Viewing application group list You can view all application groups in the Application Group List. To view the application group list: 1. Click Resource>Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Group. 3. Viewing the following information: Name Specify a name for the application. Click the specific group name to open the group details page. Availability Display the availability of the application group. It is depended on the application group including subgroup which has the worst availability performance. Health Status Display the health status of the application group. It is depended on the application group including subgroup which has the worst health status. Modify Click the modify icon to modify the application group. Delete Click the delete icon to delete the application group. To flip the application list: Click the previous icon to page up. Click the next icon to page down. Click the go to the first page icon to go to the first page. Click the go to the last page icon to go to the last page. Click the figure 8,15,50,100,200 in the right top corner to configure how many items will be displayed in per page. 4. Click Refresh to refresh the application group list. 5. Click Name, Availability, and Health Status to resort the application groups according to their name, availability, and health status. 27

35 NOTE: Ungroup is predefined by the APM system, it cannot be modified, deleted or added a subgroup. A new application is added into Ungrouped automatically, any user is applicable to check its monitor report. So if you want to keep some application monitor reports secret, please move the application to the corresponding group manually. Viewing the group details To view the group details: 1. Click Resource>Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Group, and then all groups is listed. 3. Click the target group name, the View Details page opens. Name Displays a name for the application group. Description Describe the application group. Operator Group Displays which monitor report is available to the operator group. Applications Displays all applications which belong to the group. Parent Group Displays the application group's parent group. Every application group can only belong to one parent group. 4. Click Back to go back to the application group list page. Only the operator group name displays in the operator group text box, for more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide. Adding a application group To add a new application group/subgroup: 1. Click Resource>Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Group, and then all groups is listed. 3. Click Add to open the Add page. 4. Specify the application group name, and make sure the name is uniqueness. 5. Describe the application group details in the Description box. 6. Select the operator groups who are applicable to view this application monitor report. a. Click Add to open the Select Operator Group page. b. Or select an operator and click Delete to move an operator group. c. Click OK. 7. Add applications to the group. a. Click Add to open the Select Application page. b. Or select an application and click Delete to move an application. c. Click OK. 8. Select a parent group for this application group in the Parent Group list. If there is no parent relationship exists, keep this item as blank. 28

36 9. Click OK. Modifying the application group To modify the application group: 1. Click Resource>Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Group, and then all groups is listed. 3. Click the modify icon to open the Modify page. 4. Specify a unique new name for the application group in the Name box. 5. Describe the application group in the Description box. 6. Select the operator groups who are applicable to view this application monitor report. a. Click Add to open the Select Operator Group page. b. Select one or more operator groups. c. Or select an operator and click Delete to move an operator group. d. Click OK. 7. Modify applications in the group. a. Click Add to open the Select Application page. b. Or select an application and click Delete to move an application. c. Click OK. 8. Select a parent group for it in the Parent Group list. If there is no parent relationship exists, keep this item as blank. 9. Click OK. Deleting the application group Be careful to do this action, because when an application group is deleted, the belonging subgroups will be deleted simultaneously. And the applications in this group will be put under ungrouped if they don t belong to any other application group. To delete the application group: 1. Click Resource>Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Group, and then all groups is listed. 3. Select a target application group and click the delete icon to delete it. 4. Click OK. 29

37 5 Threshold and Port configuration APM provides you some extra configuration management functions: Threshold Configuration enables you set threshold conditions for the monitoring application indexes. If the collected indexes meet the threshold, system sends a corresponding alarm. Port Configuration enables you set a default listening port for the application. Auto Discovery function scans the applications running in the host through the default listening port automatically. Threshold Configuration Threshold configuration function enables you to set the threshold for each monitor index, which is different according to the application type. There are two level thresholds provided. When the index value meets them, IMC activate the related alarms. You can check the alarm details in the IMC alarm module. There are two types of threshold: Global Threshold Global threshold is used to set threshold for an application group. Because some similar applications in a group have the same monitor index, operator can configure the threshold value for them at one time. The default value is disabled. User defined Threshold Custom threshold is used to monitor a signal application. You can set a custom threshold in the application monitor report or custom monitor. If a new adding application, it will use the globe threshold by default. Change it in the application monitor report or custom monitor if you need. Viewing the global threshold list To view the global threshold list: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Configuration Management. 3. Click Threshold Configuration to open the global threshold List. See the exact meaning of every list title as below: Application Type Displays the type name of the application. Index Displays the specific name of the application. Threshold Condition Displays the specific threshold condition, the available options are greater than or equal to and less than or equal to. Enable Level-1 Threshold Displays whether or not enable the Level-1 threshold for the monitoring index. 30

38 Level-1 Threshold Displays the Level-1 threshold value of the monitor index. Enable Level-2 Threshold Displays whether or not enable the Level-2 threshold for the monitor index. Level-2 Threshold Displays the Level-2 threshold value of the monitor index. Modify Modify the global threshold values. To flip the global threshold list: Click the previous icon to page up. Click the next icon to page down. Click the go to the first page icon to go to the first page. Click the go to the last page icon to go to the last page. Click the figure 8,15,50,100,200 in the right top corner to configure how many items will be displayed in per page. 4. Click Refresh to refresh the global threshold list. 5. Click Back to go back to the Configuration Management page. NOTE: Click each table title of the list to resort the global threshold list accordingly. Querying the global threshold To query the global threshold: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Configuration Management. 3. Click Threshold Configuration to open the global threshold List. 4. Put the mouse on Query, and then the query float box appears. 5. Select a target application type in the drop-down list. See the introduction of application types in the Table 1. Unlimited means query all applications. 6. Click Query to start the query procedure. 7. Click Cancel to quit the query procedure. Modifying the global threshold To modify the global threshold: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Configuration Management. 3. Click Threshold Configuration to open the global threshold List. 4. Click the modify icon in the target monitor index row,and the global threshold modify page opens. 5. Modify the specific items as below: 31

39 Application Type It is not applicable to be modified. Index It is not applicable to be modified. Threshold Type It is not applicable to be modified. Threshold Condition Specify the threshold condition, the available options are greater than or equal to and less than or equal to. Unit Specify the unit for the threshold, its value is depended on the monitor index type. Specially, some index does not have a unit, such as the physical thread count of.net server. Enable Level-1 Threshold Enable or Disable the Level-1 threshold for the monitor index. Threshold Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate the related major alarm when the monitor index meets the threshold. Enable Level-2 Threshold Enable or Disable the Level-2 threshold for the monitor index. Threshold Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate a related critical alarm when the monitor index meets the threshold. 6. Click OK. Setting the custom threshold To configure the custom threshold: 1. Click Resource>Application Management. 2. There are two ways to set the custom threshold. See the first one as below: a. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the application monitor list. b. Click the target application name to open the monitor details page. c. Click the threshold setting icon to open the Threshold Setting page. See the second way as below: d. In the navigation tree, click Custom Monitor to open the custom monitor list. e. Click the view icon to open the custom monitor report. f. Click the threshold setting icon to open the Threshold Setting page. NOTE: If you set a threshold in the application monitor report page, the same threshold has been changed simultaneously in the custom monitor. 3. Select the threshold type. It has two available choices: User-defined and Global. The following conditions only can be modified when you select User-defined. The default value is Global. 4. Specify the custom threshold conditions: Threshold Condition Specify the threshold condition, the available options are greater than or equal to and less than or equal to. According to different index select the right one. 32

40 Unit Specify the unit for the threshold, its value is depended on the monitor index type. Specially, some index does not have a unit, such as the physical thread count of.net server. Enable Level-1 Threshold Enable or Disable the Level-1 threshold for the monitor index. Threshold Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate the related major alarm when the monitor index meets the threshold. Enable Level-2 Threshold Enable or Disable the Level-2 threshold for the monitor index. Threshold Specify the threshold condition, APM will activate a related critical alarm 5. Click OK. when the monitor index meets the threshold. Port Configuration APM provides you a default monitor port for each application. With the monitor port, APM can find the applications automatically in the host. But, to those applications that don t have a default port, operators should set the port value through Port Configuration. The port we mentioned here is a monitor port but not a service port, it makes APM available to get monitor index from the applications. Table 7 lists the monitor ports predefined in the APM, some of them are the same one with the service port, such as SQL Server-1433,MySQL-3306,Oracle-1521, Apache-80. Table 7 Application monitor port list Application Type Monitor Mode Monitor Port Linux CLI Telnet-23 Solaris Get access to the remote operating system and obtain the monitor index value by using Telnet/SSH. SSH-22 Mac OS AIX HP-UX OpenBSD FreeBSD Exchange 2003 Exchange 2007 Windows Server Windows XP.NET Server Active Directory Service IIS Server Tomcat Server JBoss Server WMI Get the monitor index value by using the Windows Management Instrume (WMI). It is applicable to be used when APM is installed in the Windows+SQL Server or Windows+MySQL. JMX Get the monitor index value by using the Java Management Extensions. WMI-135 JMX-1099 SQL Server Service Port SQL Server

41 Application Type Monitor Mode Monitor Port Oracle Get the monitor index value by the service port. Oracle-1521 MySQL Apache MySQL-3306 Apache-80 Viewing the application default port list To view the application default ports list: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Configuration Management. 3. Click Port Configuration to open the Default Configuration List. See the exact meaning of every list title as below: Application Type Displays the type name of the application. Port Displays the listening port value. Modify Modify the port value. 4. Click Refresh to refresh the application default port list. 5. Click Back to go back to the Configuration Management page. Modifying the application default port list After you modify the application default port, Auto Discovery will use it to detect the applications in the host. Specially, this action will not take any effect on the applications which have been monitored already. To modify the application default port: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Configuration Management. 3. Click Port Configuration to open the Default Configuration List. 4. Click the modify icon to open the Modify page. 5. Modify the following parameters for the port: Application Type Displays the type name of the application, it cannot be modified. Port Specify the listening port value. 6. Click OK. 34

42 6 Widget management APM provides you custom the application monitor widget on the IMC home page and layout them by using the Widget Management. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide. Application monitor widget Figure 8 shows the Application Monitor widget. In the widget, you can monitor the Availability and Health Status of applications directly, and open the application monitor report by clicking the application name. Figure 8 Application monitor widget The application monitor widget shows all applications status, and refreshes them in every 10 minutes by default. Operators have a choice to decide the refresh interval and display the specific applications by setting the display parameters. Setting display parameters IMC provides you adding many widgets to monitor the applications according to application type, availability and health status. To set the filter conditions: 1. Log on the IMC, and add an application monitor widget in the home page. 2. Move the mouse to the right top corner of the Application Monitor pane 3. Click the configuration icon. 4. Click Parameter Settings to open the Setting page. 5. Specify the following filtration parameters: 35

43 Name Specify an application name. Application Type Select an application type in the drop-down list. The available options are listed in the Table 1. Availability Select an availability in the drop-down list. The available options include Unlimited, Available, Inaccessible, Unavailable, and Unmanaged. Health Status Select a health status in the drop-down list. The available options include Unlimited, Healthy, Minor, Major and Critical. 6. Click Query to display the target applications. 7. Click Reset to display all applications. Setting refresh interval To set the refresh interval for the application monitor widget: 1. Log on the IMC, and add an application monitor widget in the home page. 2. Move the mouse to the right top corner of the Application Monitor pane. 3. Click the set icon. 4. Click Interval Settings to open the Setting page. 5. Select an interval in the drop-down list, the available options are No Refresh, 1, 5, 10, and 30. The unit is minute. If you select No Refresh, you have to click the refresh icon to refresh the list manually. 6. Click OK. Host monitor widget Figure 9 shows the Host Monitor widget. In the widget, you can monitor the Availability and Health Status of host directly, and open the operating system monitor report by clicking its name. Figure 9 Host monitor widget 36

44 The host monitor widget will be refreshed in every 10 minutes by default. Operators can set the refresh interval for the target host. Setting refresh interval To set the refresh interval for the host monitor widget: 1. Log on the IMC, and add an application monitor widget in the home page. 2. Move the mouse to the right top corner of the Application Monitor pane. 3. Click the configuration icon. 4. Click Interval Settings to open the Setting page. 5. Select an interval in the drop-down list, the available options are No Refresh, 1, 5, 10, and 30. The unit is minute. If you select No Refresh, you have to click the refresh icon to refresh the list manually. 6. Click OK. 37

45 7 Windows OS monitor APM provides the Windows OS monitoring function that monitors the following: Windows XP Windows Server Windows Server that can be monitored includes Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server This chapter describes how to add and modify Windows OS application monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports. Windows XP Windows XP provides a base platform for a variety of desktop-oriented applications. To ensure service quality, performance and stability of Windows XP must be guaranteed. APM monitors and displays Windows XP data, from which operators can obtain the latest operation status of the concerned Windows XP hosts. This chapter describes how to add and modify a Windows XP application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report. Adding a Windows XP application monitor APM can monitor Windows XP through WMI or SNMP. When you add a Windows XP application monitor, follow these guidelines: To monitor Windows XP that runs on a host through WMI, first enable and configure WMI for the target host (see the Microsoft Windows XP online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To monitor Windows XP that runs on a host through SNMP, first enable and configure SNMP for the target host (see the Microsoft Windows XP online help), and configure the SNMP parameters on the IMC Platform so that APM can obtain the SNMP community string of the host. Make sure the target host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To add a Windows XP application monitor: 1. Click the Service tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Management > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Management > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Windows XP of the Windows Server Monitor class. The page for adding a Windows XP application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: 38

46 Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the Windows XP operating system is installed in the Select Devices window. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include and SNMP and WMI. Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows XP administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows XP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a Windows XP application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a Windows XP application monitor. If the IP address of the Windows XP host changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. To modify a Windows XP application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the Windows XP application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the Windows XP application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. 39

47 IP Address This field cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include SNMP and WMI. Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows XP administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows XP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Windows XP and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the Windows XP application monitor report After you add a Windows XP application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Windows XP by viewing the monitor report. To access the Windows XP application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of the Windows XP application monitor whose report you want to view. The monitor report of Windows XP appears, as shown in Figure

48 Figure 10 Part of a Windows XP application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named WindowsXp_ The health status of the Windows XP application is Healthy Healthy icon. If another health status icon rather than the appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 11, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 11 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of Windows XP. IP Address IP address of the Windows XP host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Windows XP. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the Windows XP application. Relationship icon Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between Windows XP and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarms Latest five unrecovered alarms on Windows XP. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Windows XP. 41

49 Availability Today The Availability Today area is shown in Figure 12. Figure 12 Availability Today area layout CPU Usage Ratio The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Windows XP today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of Windows XP in the last polling period. To view the availability of Windows XP in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of Windows XP in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of Windows XP since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. You can view the CPU usage in a dashboard or trend graph, as shown in Figure 13 and Figure

50 Figure 13 CPU usage dashboard graph Figure 14 CPU usage trend graph The CPU Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Dashboard icon /Trend icon Click the Dashboard icon or Trend icon to display the area in a dashboard or trend graph. CPU usage dashboard graph Shows the transient CPU usage of Windows XP in the last polling period. CPU usage trend graph Shows the CPU usage trend of Windows XP over a specified time range in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage of Windows XP at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Item/Usage Ratio Monitor index name and data. CPU Usage Ratio Transient CPU usage of Windows XP in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set the CPU usage alarm thresholds for Windows XP. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage trend 43

51 Memory Usage Ratio graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. For information about configuring alarm thresholds, see "xxx." History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend for Windows XP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view CPU usage ratios at the specific time point. You can view the memory usage in a dashboard or a trend graph, as shown in Figure 15 and Figure 16. Figure 15 Memory usage dashboard graph 44

52 Figure 16 Memory usage trend graph The Memory Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Dashboard icon /Trend icon Click the Dashboard icon or Trend icon to display the area in a dashboard or trend graph. Memory usage dashboard graph Shows the transient physical memory usage of Windows XP in the last polling period. Memory usage trend graph Shows the memory usage trend of Windows XP over a specified time range in a line graph. The green line represents the physical memory usage, and the orange line represents the virtual memory usage. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage of Windows XP at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Item Monitor index name. Physical Memory Physical memory usage on Windows XP. Virtual Memory Virtual memory usage on Windows XP. Total Total physical or virtual memory capacity on Windows XP. In Use Physical or virtual memory size in use on Windows XP. History icon Click the History icon to for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage trend for Windows XP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point. Usage Ratio Physical or virtual memory usage of Windows XP. The value is a percentage of the memory size in use to the total memory capacity. 45

53 Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a monitor index to set alarm thresholds for the physical or virtual memory usage. The usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. For information about configuring alarm thresholds, see "xxx." History icon Click the History icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage ratio trend for Windows XP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point. Ping Test APM pings the Windows XP host at every polling interval. In a ping test, APM sends out an ICMP packet to the host, and sends at most three packets. If it receives a response, APM considers the ping test a success and records the response time. If it receives no response after sending out all ICMP packets, APM considers the ping test a failure. See Figure 17 for the Ping Test area layout. Figure 17 Ping Test area layout The Ping Test area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the ping response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Response time trend graph Shows changes of the ping response time over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot on the curve to view the ping response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. 46

54 Disk Usage Ratio Response Time Ping response time in the last ping test. Packets Sent Number of ICMP packets sent in the last ping test. The maximum value is 3. Packets Received Number of ICMP responses received by APM in the last ping test. The value can be 0 or 1. History icon Click the History icon for a monitor index to view trend statistics of the history response time, sent packets, or received packets in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view statistics of the monitor index at the specific time point. On Windows XP, each root disk must be assigned a unique letter to identify itself in the file system. The letter is known as the "drive letter." A root disk can be a physical disk, partition, or logical volume. Data is written to or read from the physical disk, partition, or logical volume identified by the drive letter. See Figure 18 for the Disk Usage Ratio area layout. Figure 18 Disk Usage Ratio area layout The Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Disk usage ratio bar chart Shows the space usage of each disk on Windows XP in the last polling interval in a bar chart. To view the usage ratio of a specific disk, place the cursor over the corresponding bar in the chart. Disk Drive letter of the disk. Usage Ratio Disk space usage. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a disk to set space usage alarm thresholds for it. The usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. 47

55 Network Interface History icon Click the History icon for a disk to view statistics of the history space usage trend of the disk. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average disk space usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view disk space usage ratios at the specific time point. In Use Used space of the disk. Free Space Free space of the disk. Figure 19 shows the Network Interface area layout. Figure 19 Network Interface area layout Process The Network Interface area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Name of the network interface card (NIC). APM monitors both physical and virtual (or logical) network interface cards. Bandwidth Maximum bandwidth of the NIC. Receive Rate Receive rate of the NIC in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a NIC to set receive rate alarm thresholds for it. The receive rate is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for a NIC to view statistics of the history receive rate trend of it in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average interface receive rates. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view receive rates at the specific time point. Send Rate Send rate of the NIC in the last polling period. Input Packet Loss Number of inbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period. Output Packet Loss Number of outbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period. By default, APM does not monitor any process, and the process list is empty. To monitor specific processes, click the Config icon on the upper right of the area, and select the processes you want 48

56 to monitor. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval. The Process area layout is shown in Figure 20. Figure 20 Process area layout The Process area contains the following fields: Config icon Click the Config icon. APM quickly populates the Application Instance List with all detected processes running on Windows XP. Select the processes you want to monitor and click OK. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Process Name of the process. Command Command used to start the process. CPU Usage Ratio CPU usage of the process in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a process to set CPU usage alarm thresholds for it. The CPU usage is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratios at the specific time point. Memory Usage Ratio Memory usage of the process in the last polling period. History icon Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history memory usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratios at the specific time point. 49

57 Windows Server Windows Server represents a group of server operating systems. Windows Server provides a base platform for a variety of desktop-oriented applications. To ensure service quality, performance and stability of Windows Server must be guaranteed. APM monitors and displays Windows Server data, from which operators can obtain the latest operation status of the concerned Windows Server hosts. Windows Server that can be monitored includes Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server This chapter describes how to add and modify a Windows Server application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report. Adding a Windows Server application monitor APM can monitor Windows Server through WMI or SNMP. When you add a Windows Server application monitor, follow these guidelines: To monitor a Windows Server host through WMI, first enable and configure WMI for the host (see the Microsoft Windows Server online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To monitor a Windows Server host through SNMP, first enable and configure SNMP for the host (see the Microsoft Windows Server online help), and configure the SNMP parameters on the IMC Platform so that APM can obtain the SNMP community string of the host. Make sure the target host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To add a Windows Server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Management > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Management > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Windows Server of the Windows Server Monitor class. The page for adding a Windows Server application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the Windows Server operating system is installed in the Select Devices window. For information about selecting a host, see "xxx." Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include SNMP and WMI. 50

58 Enable Event Logging Enable or disable event logging. With this function enabled, APM collects Windows Server event logs recorded by the Windows Event Log service. Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows Server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a Windows Server application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a Windows Server application monitor. If the IP address of a Windows Server host changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. To modify a Windows Server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the Windows Server application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the Windows Server application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include SNMP and WMI. Enable Event Logging Enable or disable event logging. With this function enabled, APM collects Windows Server event logs recorded by the Windows Event Log service. 51

59 Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Windows Server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Window Server and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the Windows Server application monitor report After you add a Windows Server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Windows Server by viewing the monitor report. To access the Windows Server application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of the Windows Server application monitor whose report you want to view. The monitor report of Windows Server appears, as shown in Figure 21. Figure 21 Part of a Windows Server application monitor report 52

60 The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named WindowsServer_ The health status of the Windows Server application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 22, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 22 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of Windows Server. IP Address IP address of the Windows Server host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Windows Server. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the Windows Server application. Relationship icon Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between Windows Server and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarms Latest five unrecovered alarms on Windows Server. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Windows Server. Availability Today The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure

61 Figure 23 Availability Today area layout CPU Usage Ratio The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Windows Server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of Windows Server in the last polling period. To view the availability of Windows Server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of Windows Server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of Windows Server since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. You can view the CPU usage in a dashboard or a trend graph, as shown in Figure 24 and Figure

62 Figure 24 CPU usage dashboard graph Figure 25 CPU usage trend graph The CPU Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Dashboard icon /Trend icon Click the Dashboard icon or Trend icon to display the area in a dashboard or trend graph. CPU usage dashboard graph Shows the transient CPU usage of Windows Server in the last polling period. CPU usage trend graph Shows the CPU usage trend of Windows Server over a specified time range in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage of Windows Server at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon 55 on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Item/Usage Ratio Monitor index name and data. CPU Usage Ratio Transient CPU usage of Windows Server in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set the CPU usage alarm thresholds for Windows Server. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage

63 Memory Usage Ratio trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend for Windows Server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view CPU usage ratios at the specific time point. You can view the memory usage in a dashboard or a trend graph, as shown in Figure 26 and Figure 27. Figure 26 Memory usage dashboard graph 56

64 Figure 27 Memory usage trend graph The Memory Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Dashboard icon /Trend icon Click the Dashboard icon or Trend icon to display the area in a dashboard or trend graph. Memory usage dashboard graph Shows the transient physical memory usage of Windows Server in the last polling period. Memory usage trend graph Shows the memory usage trend of Windows Server over a specified time range in a line graph. The green line represents the physical memory and the orange line represents the virtual memory. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage of Windows Server at the specific time point. By default, the graph shows the last hour data. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon 57 on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Click the icon name of a monitor index to display or hide the monitor index in the trend graph. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Item Monitor index name. Physical Memory Physical memory usage on Windows Server. Virtual Memory Virtual memory usage on Windows Server. Total Total physical or virtual memory capacity on Windows Server. In Use Physical or virtual memory size in use on Windows Server. History icon Click the History icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage trend for Windows Server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point. Usage Ratio Physical or virtual memory usage of Windows Server. The value is a percentage of the memory size in use to the total memory capacity.

65 Ping Test Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a monitor index to set alarm thresholds for the physical or virtual memory usage. The usage ratio is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history physical or virtual memory usage ratios for Windows Server. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view memory usage ratios at the specific time point. APM pings the Windows Server host at every polling interval. In a ping test, APM sends out an ICMP packet to the host, and sends three at most. If it receives a response, it considers the ping test a success and records the response time. If it receives on response after sending out all ICMP packets, APM consider the ping test a failure. The Ping Test area layout is shown in Figure 28. Figure 28 Ping Test area layout The Ping Test area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the ping response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Response time trend graph Shows changes of the ping response time over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot on the curve to view the ping response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. 58

66 Disk Usage Ratio Response Time Ping response time in the last ping test. Packets Sent Number of ICMP packets sent in the last ping test. The maximum value is 3. Packets Received Number of ICMP responses received by APM in the last ping test. The value can be 0 or 1. History icon Click the History icon to view trend statistics of the history response time in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response time values at the specific time point. On Windows Server, each root disk must be assigned a unique letter identify itself in the file system. The letter is known as the "drive letter." A root disk can be a physical disk, partition, or logical volume. Data is written to or read from the physical disk, partition, or logical volume identified by the drive letter. The Disk Usage Ratio area layout is shown in Figure 29. Figure 29 Disk Usage Ratio area layout The Disk Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Disk usage ratio bar chart Shows the space usage of each disk on Windows Server in the last polling interval in a bar chart. To view the usage ratio of a specific disk, place the cursor over the corresponding bar in the chart. Disk Drive letter of the disk. Usage Ratio Disk space usage. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a disk to set space usage alarm thresholds for it. The usage ratio of the disk is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for a disk to view statistics of the history space usage trend of the disk. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week 59

67 Service icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average disk space usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view disk space usage ratios at the specific time point. In Use Used space of the disk. Free Space Free space of the disk. By default, APM does not monitor any service, and the service list is empty. To monitor specific services, click the Config icon on the upper right of the area, and select the services you want to monitor. APM starts to collect state information of the selected services in the next polling interval. The Service area layout is shown in Figure 30. Figure 30 Service area layout Network Interface The Service area contains the following fields: Config icon Click the Config icon. APM quickly populates the Application Instance List with all detected services running on the Windows Server host. Select the services you want to monitor and click OK. APM starts to collect state information about the selected services in the next polling interval. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Service Name Original name of the service. Display Name Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the DHCP client service uses the alias DHCP Client Service rather than the original name Dhcp. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly. State State of the service in the last polling interval. The Network Interface area layout is shown in Figure

68 Figure 31 Network Interface area layout The Network Interface area contains the following fields: Process Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Name of the network interface card (NIC). APM monitors both physical and virtual (or logical) network interface cards. Bandwidth Maximum bandwidth of the NIC. Receive Rate Receive rate of the NIC in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a NIC to set receive rate alarm thresholds for it. The receive rate of the NIC is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for a NIC to view statistics of the history receive rate trend for it in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average interface receive rates. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view receive rates at the specific time point. Send Rate Send rate of the NIC in the last polling period. Input Packet Loss Number of inbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period. Output Packet Loss Number of outbound packets lost per second on the NIC in the last polling period. By default, APM does not monitor any process, and the process list is empty. To monitor specific processes, click the Config icon on the upper right of the area, and select the processes you want to monitor. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval. The Process area layout is shown in Figure 32. Figure 32 Process area layout The Process area contains the following fields: 61

69 Config icon Click the Config icon. APM quickly populates the Application Instance List with all detected processes running on Windows Server. Select the processes you want to monitor and click OK. APM starts to collect CPU and memory usages of the selected processes in the next polling interval. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Process Name of the process. Command Command used to start the process. CPU Usage Ratio CPU usage of the process in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon for a process to set CPU usage alarm thresholds for it. The CPU usage ratio of the process is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold for the process, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history CPU usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratios at the specific time point. Memory Usage Ratio Memory usage of the process in the last polling period. History icon Click the History icon for a process to view statistics of the history memory usage trend of the process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average memory usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratios at the specific time point. Event The Windows Event Log service records event logs generated by various modules in the operating system. To monitor Windows Server events in APM, make sure the Enable Event Logging option is selected for the Windows Server application monitor. The Event area displays up to 10 most recent events, as shown in Figure

70 Figure 33 Event area layout The Event area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Time Time when the event occurred. Module Module to which the event belongs. Event ID ID of the event. Source Source of the event. Type Type of the event. Description Description of the event. More Click More to view all events generated on the Windows Server host in a separate window. 63

71 8 UNIX server monitor AIX This section introduces how to monitor a UNIX system and view the monitoring report. APM provides application monitor facility for the following types of UNIX system: AIX Solaris FreeBSD Mac OS OpenBSD HP-UX As a UNIX operation system, the AIX system can be installed on various types of IBM servers. The performance and stability of AIX greatly affect the performance of applications running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor AIX operation system. APM can monitor the AIX 5.4 or latter version. Configuring AIX monitor APM can monitor AIX operation system using CLI mode. Before starting AIX monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet: The AIX operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see AIX configuration guide. The host on which AIX resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. Monitoring the AIX via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the AIX host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the AIX system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which AIX resides. Adding an AIX application monitor To add an AIX application monitor: 1. Open the Add Application page. Two ways to open the Add Application page: Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Add Application. Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Application Monitor, the Application Monitor list displays. Click Add to open the Add Application page. 2. Click the AIX icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-AIX page. 3. In the Add-AIX page, complete the following information: 64

72 Name Specify a name for the AIX monitor. The names of the AIX monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format: application name_host IP. Description Input an introduction of the AIX monitor. A detailed description can help administrators with application management. IP Address Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the AIX resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. For more information, see Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery. Polling Interval (min) Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the AIX resides from the Polling Interval list. The options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30 minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes. Monitor Type APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the AIX system. Leave the default setting as is. Contact Input information of the contacts related to the AIX system, such as name, phone number, address, and so forth. Related Applications Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the AIX related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the AIX system in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications in the Operation System catalogues when you select the related applications for the AIX system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. Detect Application Click the check box of the Detect Application to detect the AIX system to be monitored when APM adds an AIX monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the AIX system and collect the monitored indexes before adding an AIX monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the AIX monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box. 4. Click OK to add an AIX monitor. Modifying an AIX monitor When you modify an AIX monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the AIX resides. Therefore, if the IP address of an AIX host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the AIX system. To modify an AIX monitor: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the Modify icon of the AIX monitor you want to modify. The Modify-AIX page appears. 4. Specify the parameters for the AIX monitor. For more information, see Adding an AIX application monitor. 5. Click OK. 65

73 Viewing AIX monitoring report After adding an AIX monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related indexes of the monitored AIX system in the monitoring report. To view the monitoring report: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor. All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the name of an AIX monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored AIX system. In the AIX monitoring report, you can perform the following operations: To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy AIX: Click the analysis icon the unhealthy state. To refresh the AIX monitoring report: on the top of the monitoring report to view the potential factors that cause Click the refresh icon on the top of the monitoring report. To refresh each pane of the AIX monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of each pane to view the corresponding latest monitoring data. An AIX monitoring report includes the following information: Monitor information Availability today CPU usage ratio Usage ratio Ping test System load File system usage ratio Network interface Error log Process I/O status Monitor information The Monitor Information pane is shown in Figure

74 Figure 34 Monitor information This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the name of the AIX monitor. Health status Indicate the current health status of the monitored AIX. IP Address Indicate the IP address of the host that the AIX resides. Application Type Indicate the type of the monitored application. Last Polling Time Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the AIX application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between AIX and the other applications. If there are alarms that are generated by AIX and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information: Availability today Top5 unrecovered alarm Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the AIX system. The alarm levels include: Minor alarm Highlighted in yellow. Major alarm Highlighted in orange. Critical alarm Highlighted in red. The Availability Today pane is shown in Figure

75 Figure 35 Available today This pane contains the following information: Pie chart of Availability Display the percentage of each availability state. Move the pointer over each section of the pie chart to view the percentage of each availability state. Current Availability Indicate the availability state of the AIX system when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. 7-day History Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the AIX in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored AIX system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state. 30-day History Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the AIX in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored AIX. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state. Available Time Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored AIX, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored AIX is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored AIX is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored AIX is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today. NOTE: The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added AIX monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the AIX monitor is added successfully. CPU usage ratio The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 36 and Figure

76 Figure 36 AIX CPU usage ratio-dial Plate Figure 37 AIX CPU usage ratio trend diagram This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the AIX CPU usage ratio. Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the AIX system when the last time APM polls the host that the AIX system resides. Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the AIX system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the AIX system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the AIX system. Threshold setting Click the Threshold Setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is 69

77 Memory Usage ratio highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the AIX system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the AIX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the AIX system for the time being. The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 38 and Figure 39. Figure 38 Memory Usage ratio Figure 39 Usage ratio trend 70

78 This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the AIX Memory usage ratio. Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio Display the memory usage ratio of the AIX system when APM polls the host that AIX resides for the last time. Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend Display the memory usage ratio trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the AIX system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Item Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the AIX application monitor, including: Physical Memory Indicate the physical memory of the AIX system. Swap Indicate the swap memory of the AIX system Total Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the AIX system. In Use Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the AIX system. You can view the history record of the trend of the used memory capacity in a past time period. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the AIX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the AIX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity of the AIX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the AIX system for the time being. Usage Ratio Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the AIX system. Formula: Usage Ratio=In Use/Total * 100% Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The memory usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the memory usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, 71

79 yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the AIX system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the AIX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the AIX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the AIX system for the time being. Ping test At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the AIX resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host. The Ping Test pane is shown in Figure 40. Figure 40 Ping test This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of Ping test Displays the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: Response Time Indicate the response time of the latest Ping test. Packets Sent Indicate the number of ICMP packets that are sent by APM in the last Ping test. During a Ping test, APM can send up to three ICMP packets to the host. Packets Received Indicate the number of ICMP response that are received by APM during a Ping test. The number of the received response can be 0 or 1. 72

80 History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being. System load APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored AIX in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the AIX system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU. The System Load pane is shown in Figure 41. Figure 41 System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of system load Display the trend of the AIX system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves of different colors displays the system load trends in different time intervals, which includes: Green curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/1 minute) in the past one hour. Orange curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/5 minutes) in the past hour. 73

81 Blue curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/15 minutes) in the past hour. Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point. Click the System Load/Min, System Load/5 Min, and System load/15 Min to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: File system usage ratio System Load/Min Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM starts polling the host. System Load/5 Min Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM starts polling the host. System Load/15 Min Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM starts polling the host. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the AIX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being. Being different from the Windows file system, the AIX file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory. The File System Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure

82 Figure 42 File system usage ratio This pane contains the following information: Bar graph of file system usage ratio Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. File System Indicate the mount points of the AIX file system. Usage Ratio Indicate the storage space usage ratio of the specified partition or logical volume. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored AIX system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being. In Use Indicate the used storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the used storage space trend of the specified partition or logical volume in a past time period, which includes the last 1 75

83 Network interface hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used storage space index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used storage space index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index; if you select the time period This year, the used storage space index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used storage space for the time being. Free Space Indicate the available storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the available storage space trend of the specified partition or logical volume in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the available storage space index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the available storage space index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the available storage space trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the available storage space index; if you select the time period This year, the available storage space index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the available storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the available storage space index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the available storage space for the time being. The Network Interface pane is shown in Figure 43. Figure 43 Network interface This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the network card identities of the AIX system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card). Receive Rate Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of packet receiving rate for the monitored network card. The packet receiving rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 76

84 Error log 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being. Send Rate Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. Input Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. Output Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. APM can check the AIX error logs when polling the AIX system, and displays the error logs in the AIX monitoring report. In the Error Log pane, you can view the latest 10 error logs. The Error Log pane is shown in Figure 44. Figure 44 Error log Process This pane contains the following information: Time Indicate the time when the error occurs. Log Indicate the content of the error log. More Click the link More to open a window to view more error logs in the AIX system. Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure

85 Figure 45 Process This pane contains the following information: Configuration ( ) Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the AIX system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. Process Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect index data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID). CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process are highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and are highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to CPU usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. Memory Usage Ratio Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the AIX resides for the last time. History Record Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of 78

86 the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. I/O status APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the AIX system, as shown in Figure 46. Figure 46 I/O state Solaris This pane contains the following information: Device Name Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the AIX system. I/O Rate Indicate the number of bits of the input/output data in the disk driver per second. IOs/Sec Indicate the number of the transfer times in the disk driver per second. A transfer is an I/O request to the physical disk. Multiple logical requests can be integrated into a single I/O request. The size of the transferred data in each transfer is not fixed. As a UNIX operation system, the Solaris system can be installed on the servers with x86 or SPARC processor. The performance and stability of Solaris greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor Solaris operation system. APM can monitor the Solaris 5.10 or latter version. Configuring Solaris monitor APM can monitor Solaris operation system using CLI or SNMP mode. Before starting Solaris monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet: The Solaris operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH or SNMP is enabled. For more information, see the Solaris configuration guide. The host on which Solaris resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. Monitoring the Solaris via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet\SSH user name and password of the Solaris host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Solaris system, and the Telnet\SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which Solaris resides. Monitoring the Solaris via SNMP, APM obtains the SNMP community string through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the SNMP parameters in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Solaris system. Adding a Solaris application monitor To add a Solaris application monitor: 1. Open the Add Application page. 79

87 Two ways to open the Add Application page: Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Add Application. Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Application Monitor, the Application Monitor list displays. Click Add to open the Add Application page. 2. Click the Solaris icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-Solaris page. 3. In the Add-Solaris page, complete the following information: Name Specify a name for the Solaris monitor. The names of the Solaris monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format application name_host IP. Description Input a brief introduction of the Solaris monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management. IP Address Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the Solaris resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. Polling Interval (min) Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the Solaris resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes. Monitor Type Select CLI or SNMP from the Monitor Type list. Contact Input information of the contacts related to the Solaris system, such as name, phone number, address, and so forth. Related Applications Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the Solaris related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Solaris system in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the Solaris system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. Detect Application Specify whether to detect the Solaris system to be monitored when APM adds a Solaris monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the Solaris system and collect the monitored indexes before adding a Solaris monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the Solaris monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box. 4. Click OK to add a Solaris monitor. Modifying a Solaris monitor When you modify a Solaris monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the Solaris resides. Therefore, if the IP address of a Solaris host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the Solaris system. To modify a Solaris monitor: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 80

88 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the Modify icon of the Solaris monitor you want to modify. The Modify-Solaris page appears. 4. Specify the parameters for the Solaris monitor. For more information, see Adding an AIX application monitor. 5. Click OK. Viewing Solaris monitoring report After adding a Solaris monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored Solaris system in the monitoring report. To view the monitoring report: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the name of a Solaris monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored Solaris system. In the Solaris monitoring report, you can perform the following operations: To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy Solaris: Click the analysis icon the unhealthy state. To refresh the Solaris monitoring report: on the top of the monitoring report to view the potential factors that cause Click the refresh icon on the top of the monitoring report. To refresh each pane of the Solaris monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of each pane to view the corresponding latest monitoring data. A Solaris monitoring report includes the following information: Monitor information Availability today CPU usage ratio Usage ratio Ping test System load File system usage ratio Network interface Process I/O status Monitor information The Monitor Information pane is shown in Figure

89 Figure 47 Monitor information This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the name of the Solaris monitor. Health status Indicate the current health status of the monitored Solaris. IP Address Indicate the IP address of the host that the Solaris resides. Application Type Indicate the type of the monitored application. Last Polling Time Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the Solaris application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between Solaris and the other applications. If there are alarms that are generated by Solaris and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information: Availability today Top5 unrecovered alarm Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the Solaris system. The alarm levels include: Minor alarm Highlighted in yellow. Major alarm Highlighted in orange. Critical alarm Highlighted in red. The Availability Today pane is shown in Figure

90 Figure 48 Available today This pane contains the following information: Pie chart of Availability Display the percentage of each availability state. Move the pointer over each section of the pie chart to view the percentage of each availability state. Current Availability Indicate the availability state of the Solaris system when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. 7-day History Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the Solaris in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored Solaris system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state. 30-day History Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the Solaris in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored Solaris. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state. Available Time Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored Solaris, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Solaris is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Solaris is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Solaris is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today. NOTE: The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added Solaris monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the Solaris monitor is added successfully. 83

91 CPU usage ratio The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 49 and Figure 50. Figure 49 CPU usage ratio Figure 50 CPU usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the Solaris CPU usage ratio. Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the Solaris system when the last time APM polls the host that the Solaris system resides. Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the Solaris system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system. 84

92 Memory Usage ratio Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the Solaris system for the time being. The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in and Figure 51 and Figure 52. Figure 51 Memory Usage ratio 85

93 Figure 52 Usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the Solaris Memory usage ratio. Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio Display the memory usage ratio of the Solaris system when APM polls the host that Solaris resides for the last time. Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend Display the memory usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Item Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the Solaris application monitor, including: Physical Memory Indicate the physical memory of the Solaris system. Swap Indicate the swap memory of the Solaris system Total Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Solaris system. In Use Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Solaris system. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity is measured in 86

94 days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the Solaris system for the time being. Usage Ratio Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the Solaris system. Formula: Usage Ratio=In Use/Total * 100% Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The memory usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the memory usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Solaris system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Solaris system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the Solaris system for the time being. Ping test At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the Solaris resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host. The Ping Test pane is shown in Figure 53. Figure 53 Ping test 87

95 System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of Ping test Display the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: Response Time Indicate the response time of the latest Ping test. Packets Sent Indicate the number of ICMP packets that are sent by APM in the last Ping test. During a Ping test, APM can send up to three ICMP packets to the host. Packets Received Indicate the number of ICMP response that are received by APM during a Ping test. The number of the received response can be 0 or 1. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being. APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored Solaris in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the Solaris system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU. The System Load pane is shown in Figure

96 Figure 54 System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of system load Display the trend of the Solaris system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves for different time intervals are marked in different colors, including: Green curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/1 minute) in the past one hour. Orange curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/5 minutes) in the past hour. Blue curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/15 minutes) in the past hour. Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: System Load/Min Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM start polling the host. System Load/5 Min Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM start polling the host. System Load/15 Min Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM start polling the host. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the Solaris system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time 89

97 File system usage ratio period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being. Being different from the Windows file system, the Solaris file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory. The File System Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 55. Figure 55 File system usage ratio This pane contains the following information: Bar graph of file system usage ratio Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. File System Indicate the mount points of the Solaris file system. Usage Ratio Indicate the storage space usage ratio of the specified partition or logical volume. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored Solaris system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being. In Use Indicate the used storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. Free Space Indicate the available storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. 90

98 Network interface The Network Interface pane is shown in Figure 56. Figure 56 Network interface This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the network card identities of the Solaris system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card). Receive Rate Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of packet receiving rate for the monitored network card. The packet receiving rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate. Process History Record Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being. Send Rate Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. Input Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. Output Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the process select icon to view the processes running on Solaris, select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. The monitored processes and the corresponding index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure

99 Figure 57 Process This pane contains the following information: Configuration ( ) Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the Solaris system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. Process Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect index data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID). CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to CPU usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. Memory Usage Ratio Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Solaris resides for the last time. History Record Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram 92

100 displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. I/O status APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the Solaris system, as shown in Figure 58. Figure 58 I/O state FreeBSD This pane contains the following information: Device Name Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the Solaris system. I/O Read Rate Indicate the size of the input/output data in the disk driver per second. I/O Write Rate Indicate the size of the input data in the disk driver per second. As an open-source UNIX operation system, FreeBSD s performance and stability can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor FreeBSD operation system. APM can monitor the FreeBSD 8.2 or latter version. Configuring FreeBSD monitor APM can monitor FreeBSD operation system using CLI mode. Before starting FreeBSD monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet: The FreeBSD operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see the FreeBSD configuration guide. The host on which FreeBSD resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. Monitoring the FreeBSD via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the FreeBSD host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the FreeBSD system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which FreeBSD resides. Adding a FreeBSD application monitor To add a FreeBSD application monitor: 1. Open the Add Application page. Two ways to open the Add Application page: 93

101 Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Add Application. Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Application Monitor, the Application Monitor list displays. Click Add to open the Add Application page. 2. Click the FreeBSD icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-FreeBSD page. 3. In the Add-FreeBSD page, complete the following information: Name Specify a name for the FreeBSD monitor. The names of the FreeBSD monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format application name_host IP. Description Input a brief introduction of the FreeBSD monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management. IP Address Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the FreeBSD resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. Polling Interval (min) Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes. Monitor Type APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the FreeBSD system. Contact Input information of the contacts related to the FreeBSD system, such as name, phone number, address, and so forth. Related Applications Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the FreeBSD related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the FreeBSD system in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the FreeBSD system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. Detect Application Specify whether to detect the FreeBSD system to be monitored when APM adds a FreeBSD monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the FreeBSD system and collect the monitored indexes before adding a FreeBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the FreeBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box. 4. Click OK to add a FreeBSD monitor. Modifying a FreeBSD monitor When you modify a FreeBSD monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the FreeBSD resides. Therefore, if the IP address of a FreeBSD host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the FreeBSD system. To modify a FreeBSD monitor: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. 94

102 3. Click the Modify icon of the FreeBSD monitor you want to modify. The Modify-FreeBSD page appears. 4. Specify the parameters for the FreeBSD monitor. For more information, see Adding a FreeBSD application monitor. 5. Click OK. Viewing FreeBSD monitoring report After adding a FreeBSD monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored FreeBSD system in the monitoring report. To view the monitoring report: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the name of a FreeBSD monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored FreeBSD system. In the FreeBSD monitoring report, you can perform the following operations: To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy FreeBSD: Click the analysis icon the unhealthy state. To refresh the FreeBSD monitoring report: on the top of the monitoring report to view the potential factors that cause Click the refresh icon on the top of the monitoring report. To refresh each pane of the FreeBSD monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of each pane to view the corresponding latest monitoring data. A FreeBSD monitoring report includes the following information: Monitor information Availability today CPU usage ratio Usage ratio Ping test System load File system usage ratio Network interface Process I/O status Monitor information The Monitor Information pane is shown in Figure

103 Figure 59 Monitor information This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the name of the FreeBSD monitor. Health status Indicate the current health status of the monitored FreeBSD. IP Address Indicate the IP address of the host that the FreeBSD resides. Application Type Indicate the type of the monitored application. Last Polling Time Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the FreeBSD application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between FreeBSD and the other applications. If there are alarms that are generated by FreeBSD and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information: Availability today Top5 unrecovered alarm Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the FreeBSD system. The alarm levels include: Minor alarm Highlighted in yellow. Major alarm Highlighted in orange. Critical alarm Highlighted in red. The Availability Today pane is shown in Figure

104 Figure 60 Available today CPU usage ratio This pane contains the following information: Pie chart of Availability Display the percentage of each availability state. Move the pointer over each section of the pie chart to view the percentage of each availability state. Current Availability Indicate the availability state of the FreeBSD system when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. 7-day History Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the FreeBSD in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored FreeBSD system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state. 30-day History Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the FreeBSD in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored FreeBSD. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state. Available Time Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored FreeBSD, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored FreeBSD is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored FreeBSD is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored FreeBSD is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today. NOTE: The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added FreeBSD monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the FreeBSD monitor is added successfully. The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 61 and Figure

105 Figure 61 CPU usage ratio Figure 62 CPU usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the FreeBSD CPU usage ratio. Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system when the last time APM polls the host that the FreeBSD system resides. Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is 98

106 Memory usage ratio highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the FreeBSD system for the time being. The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 63 and Figure 64. Figure 63 Memory Usage ratio 99

107 Figure 64 Usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the FreeBSD Memory usage ratio. Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio Display the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system when APM polls the host that FreeBSD resides for the last time. Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend Display the memory usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Item Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the FreeBSD application monitor, including: Physical Memory Indicate the physical memory of the FreeBSD system. Swap Indicate the swap memory of the FreeBSD system Total Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the FreeBSD system. In Use Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the FreeBSD system. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the 100

108 used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the FreeBSD system for the time being. Usage Ratio Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the FreeBSD system. Formula: Usage Ratio=In Use/Total * 100% Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The memory usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the memory usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the FreeBSD system for the time being. Ping test At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the FreeBSD resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host. The Ping Test pane is shown in Figure

109 Figure 65 Ping test System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of Ping test Display the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: Response Time Indicate the response time of the latest Ping test. Packets Sent Indicate the number of ICMP packets that are sent by APM in the last Ping test. During a Ping test, APM can send up to three ICMP packets to the host. Packets Received Indicate the number of ICMP response that are received by APM during a Ping test. The number of the received response can be 0 or 1. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being. APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored FreeBSD in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the FreeBSD system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU. 102

110 The System Load pane is shown in Figure 66. Figure 66 System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of system load Display the trend of the FreeBSD system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves for different time intervals are marked in different colors, including: Green curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/1 minute) in the past one hour. Orange curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/5 minutes) in the past hour. Blue curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/15 minutes) in the past hour. Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: System Load/Min Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM start polling the host. System Load/5 Min Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM start polling the host. System Load/15 Min Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM start polling the host. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the FreeBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the 103

111 File system usage ratio maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being. Being different from the Windows file system, the FreeBSD file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory. The File System Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 67. Figure 67 File system usage ratio This pane contains the following information: Bar graph of file system usage ratio Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. File System Indicate the mount points of the FreeBSD file system. Usage Ratio Indicate the storage space usage ratio of the specified partition or logical volume. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored FreeBSD system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage 104

112 Network interface space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being. In Use Indicate the used storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the used storage space trend of the specified partition or logical volume in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used storage space index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used storage space index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index; if you select the time period This year, the used storage space index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the used storage space trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the used storage space index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used storage space for the time being. Free Space Indicate the available storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. The Network Interface pane is shown in Figure 68. Figure 68 Network interface This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the network card identities of the FreeBSD system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card). Receive Rate Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of packet receiving rate for the monitored network card. The packet receiving rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the 105

113 Process diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being. Send Rate Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. Input Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. Output Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding indexes displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 69. Figure 69 Process This pane contains the following information: Configuration ( ) Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the FreeBSD system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. Process Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect monitored data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID). CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of 106

114 I/O status Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to CPU usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. Memory Usage Ratio Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the FreeBSD resides for the last time. History Record Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the FreeBSD system, as shown in Figure 70. Figure 70 I/O state Mac OS This pane contains the following information: Device Name Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the FreeBSD system. I/O Read Rate Indicate the size of the input/output data in the disk driver per second. I/O Write Rate Indicate the size of the input data in the disk driver per second. Mac OS is a kind of UNIX operation system, which is developed by Apple. The performance and stability of Mac OS can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor Mac OS. 107

115 APM can monitor the Mac OS X Server or latter version. Configuring Mac OS monitor APM can monitor Mac OS operation system using CLI or SNMP mode. Before starting Mac OS monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet: The Mac OS operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH or SNMP is enabled. For more information, see the Mac OS configuration guide. The host on which Mac OS resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. Monitoring the Mac OS via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet\SSH user name and password of the Mac OS host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Mac OS system, and the Telnet\SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which Mac OS resides. Monitoring the Mac OS via SNMP, APM obtains the SNMP community string through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the SNMP parameters in the IMC PLAT before monitoring the Mac OS system. Adding a Mac OS application monitor To add a Mac OS application monitor: 1. Open the Add Application page. Two ways to open the Add Application page: Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Add Application. Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Application Monitor, the Application Monitor list displays. Click Add to open the Add Application page. 2. Click the Mac OS icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-Mac OS page. 3. In the Add-Mac OS page, complete the following information: Name Specify a name for the Mac OS monitor. The names of the Mac OS monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format application name_host IP. Description Input a brief introduction of the Mac OS monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management. IP Address Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the Mac OS resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. For more information, see Adding an application monitor via Auto-discovery. Polling Interval (min) Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes. Monitor Type Select CLI or SNMP from the Monitor Type list. Contact Input information of the contacts related to the Mac OS system, such as name, phone number, address, and so forth. 108

116 Related Applications Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the Mac OS related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Mac OS in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the Mac OS, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. Detect Application Specify whether to detect the Mac OS system to be monitored when APM adds a Mac OS monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the Mac OS system and collect the monitored indexes before adding a Mac OS monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the Mac OS monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box. 4. Click OK to add a Mac OS monitor. Modifying a Mac OS monitor When you modify a Mac OS monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the Mac OS resides. Therefore, if the IP address of a Mac OS host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the Mac OS system. To modify a Mac OS monitor: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the Modify icon of the Mac OS monitor you want to modify. The Modify-Mac OS page appears. 4. Specify the parameters for the Mac OS monitor. For more information, see Adding a FreeBSD application monitor. 5. Click OK. Viewing Mac OS monitoring report After adding a Mac OS monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored Mac OS system in the monitoring report. To view the monitoring report: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the name of a Mac OS monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored Mac OS system. In the Mac OS monitoring report, you can perform the following operations: To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy Mac OS: Click the analysis icon the unhealthy state. on the top of the monitoring report to view the potential factors that cause 109

117 To refresh the Mac OS monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of the monitoring report. To refresh each pane of the Mac OS monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of each pane to view the corresponding latest monitoring data. A Mac OS monitoring report includes the following information: Monitor information Availability today CPU usage ratio Usage ratio Ping test System load File system usage ratio Network interface Process I/O status Monitor information The Monitor Information pane is shown in Figure 71. Figure 71 Monitor information This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the name of the Mac OS monitor. Health status Indicate the current health status of the monitored Mac OS. IP Address Indicate the IP address of the host that the Mac OS resides. Application Type Indicate the type of the monitored application. Last Polling Time Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the Mac OS application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between Mac OS and the other applications. If there are alarms that are generated by Mac OS and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information: 110

118 Availability today Top5 unrecovered alarm Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the Mac OS system. The alarm levels include: Minor alarm Highlighted in yellow. Major alarm Highlighted in orange. Critical alarm Highlighted in red. The Availability Today pane is shown in Figure 72. Figure 72 Available today This pane contains the following information: Pie chart of Availability Display the percentage of each availability state. Move the pointer over each section of the pie chart to view the percentage of each availability state. Current Availability Indicate the availability state of the Mac OS system when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. 7-day History Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the Mac OS in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored Mac OS system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state. 30-day History Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the Mac OS in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored Mac OS. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state. Available Time Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored Mac OS, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Mac OS is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Mac OS is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored Mac OS is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today. 111

119 NOTE: CPU usage ratio The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added Mac OS monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the Mac OS monitor is added successfully. The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 73 and Figure 74. Figure 73 CPU usage ratio Figure 74 CPU usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the Mac OS CPU usage ratio. Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the Mac OS when the last time APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides. Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the Mac OS over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the 112

120 specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS system. Memory Usage ratio Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the Mac OS for the time being. The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 75 and Figure 76. Figure 75 Memory Usage ratio 113

121 Figure 76 Usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the Mac OS Memory usage ratio. Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio Display the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS when APM polls the host that Mac OS resides for the last time. Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend Display the memory usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon 114, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Item Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the Mac OS application monitor, including: Physical Memory Indicate the physical memory of the Mac OS. Swap Indicate the swap memory of the Mac OS. Total Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Mac OS. In Use Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the Mac OS. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the Mac OS is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the Mac OS is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity of the Mac OS is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory

122 capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the Mac OS for the time being. Usage Ratio Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the Mac OS system. Formula: Usage Ratio=In Use/Total * 100% Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The memory usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the memory usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Mac OS; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the Mac OS. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the Mac OS for the time being. Ping test At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the Mac OS resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host. The Ping Test pane is shown in Figure 77. Figure 77 Ping test This pane contains the following information: 115

123 System load Curve graph of Ping test Display the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This Week icon, the This Month icon, or the This Year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: Response Time Indicate the response time of the latest Ping test. Packets Sent Indicate the number of ICMP packets that are sent by APM in the last Ping test. During a Ping test, APM can send up to three ICMP packets to the host. Packets Received Indicate the number of ICMP response that are received by APM during a Ping test. The number of the received response can be 0 or 1. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being. APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored Mac OS in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the Mac OS system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU. The System Load pane is shown in Figure 78. Figure 78 System load 116

124 This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of system load Display the trend of the Mac OS system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves for different time intervals are marked in different colors, including: Green curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/1 minute) in the past one hour. Orange curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/5 minutes) in the past hour. Blue curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/15 minutes) in the past hour. Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: System Load/Min Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM start polling the host. System Load/5 Min Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM start polling the host. System Load/15 Min Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM start polling the host. File system usage ratio History Record Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the Mac OS in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being. Being different from the Windows file system, the Mac OS file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory. The File System Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure

125 Figure 79 File system usage ratio This pane contains the following information: Bar graph of file system usage ratio Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. File System Indicate the mount points of the Mac OS file system. Usage Ratio Indicate the storage space usage ratio of the specified partition or logical volume. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored Mac OS system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being. In Use Indicate the used storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. Free Space Indicate the available storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. 118

126 Network interface The Network Interface pane is shown in Figure 80. Figure 80 Network interface This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the network card identities of the Mac OS system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card). Receive Rate Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of packet receiving rate for the monitored network card. The packet receiving rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate. Process History Record Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being. Send Rate Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. Input Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. Output Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding monitored indexes displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure

127 Figure 81 Process This pane contains the following information: Configuration ( ) Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the Mac OS. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. Process Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect monitored index data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID). CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to CPU usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. Memory Usage Ratio Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the Mac OS resides for the last time. History Record Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, 120

128 yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. I/O status APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the Mac OS, as shown in Figure 82. Figure 82 I/O state This pane contains the following information: Device Name Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the Mac OS. I/O Rate Indicate the number of bits of the input/output data in the disk driver per second. Transfer/Sec Indicate the number of the transfer times in the disk driver per second. A transfer is an I/O request to the physical disk. Multiple logical requests can be integrated into a single I/O request. The size of the transferred data in each transfer is not fixed. OpenBSD OpenBSD is a UNIX operation system, of which the performance and stability can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor OpenBSD. APM can monitor the OpenBSD 4.6 or latter version. Configuring OpenBSD monitor APM can monitor OpenBSD operation system using CLI mode. Before starting OpenBSD monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet: The OpenBSD operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see OpenBSD configuration guide. The host on which OpenBSD resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. Monitoring the OpenBSD via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the OpenBSD host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the OpenBSD system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which OpenBSD resides. Adding an OpenBSD application monitor To add an OpenBSD application monitor: 121

129 1. Open the Add Application page. Two ways to open the Add Application page: Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Add Application. Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Application Monitor, the Application Monitor list displays. Click Add to open the Add Application page. 2. Click the OpenBSD icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-OpenBSD page. 3. In the Add-OpenBSD page, complete the following information: Name Specify a name for the OpenBSD monitor. The names of the OpenBSD monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format application name_host IP. Description Input a brief introduction of the OpenBSD monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management. IP Address Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the OpenBSD resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. Polling Interval (min) Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes. Monitor Type APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the OpenBSD system. Contact Input information of the contacts related to the OpenBSD system, such as name, phone number, address, and so forth. Related Applications Click Add to open the Select Application dialog, and select the OpenBSD related applications and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the OpenBSD in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the OpenBSD system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. Detect Application Specify whether to detect the OpenBSD system to be monitored when APM adds an OpenBSD monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the OpenBSD system and collect the monitored indexes before adding an OpenBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the OpenBSD monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box. 4. Click OK to add an OpenBSD monitor. Modifying an OpenBSD monitor When you modify an OpenBSD monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the OpenBSD resides. Therefore, if the IP address of an OpenBSD host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the OpenBSD system. To modify an OpenBSD monitor: 122

130 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the Modify icon of the OpenBSD monitor you want to modify. The Modify-OpenBSD page appears. 4. Specify the parameters for the OpenBSD monitor. For more information, see Adding an OpenBSD application monitor. 5. Click OK. Viewing OpenBSD monitoring report After adding an OpenBSD monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored OpenBSD system in the monitoring report. To view the monitoring report: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the name of an OpenBSD monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored OpenBSD system. In the OpenBSD monitoring report, you can perform the following operations: To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy OpenBSD: Click the analysis icon the unhealthy state. To refresh the OpenBSD monitoring report: on the top of the monitoring report to view the potential factors that cause Click the refresh icon on the top of the monitoring report. To refresh each pane of the OpenBSD monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of each pane to view the corresponding latest monitoring data. An OpenBSD monitoring report includes the following information: Monitor information Availability today CPU usage ratio Usage ratio Ping test System load File system usage ratio Network interface Process I/O status Monitor information The Monitor Information pane is shown in Figure

131 Figure 83 Monitor information This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the name of the OpenBSD monitor. Health status Indicate the current health status of the monitored OpenBSD. IP Address Indicate the IP address of the host that the OpenBSD resides. Application Type Indicate the type of the monitored application. Last Polling Time Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the OpenBSD application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between OpenBSD and the other applications. If there are alarms that are generated by OpenBSD and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information: Availability today Top5 unrecovered alarm Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the OpenBSD system. The alarm levels include: Minor alarm Highlighted in yellow. Major alarm Highlighted in orange. Critical alarm Highlighted in red. The Availability Today pane is shown in Figure 84. Figure 84 Available today 124

132 CPU usage ratio This pane contains the following information: Pie chart of Availability Display the percentage of each availability state. Move the pointer over each section of the pie chart to view the percentage of each availability state. Current Availability Indicate the availability state of the OpenBSD system when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. 7-day History Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the OpenBSD in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored OpenBSD system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state. 30-day History Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the OpenBSD in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored OpenBSD. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state. Available Time Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored OpenBSD, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored OpenBSD is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored OpenBSD is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored OpenBSD is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today. NOTE: The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added OpenBSD monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the OpenBSD monitor is added successfully. The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 85 and Figure 86. Figure 85 CPU usage ratio 125

133 Figure 86 CPU usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the OpenBSD CPU usage ratio. Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system when the last time APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides. Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the OpenBSD system for the time being. 126

134 Memory Usage ratio The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 87 and Figure 88. Figure 87 Memory Usage ratio Figure 88 Usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the OpenBSD Memory usage ratio. Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio Display the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD when APM polls the host that OpenBSD resides for the last time. Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend Display the memory usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD in the past one hour by default. You can also select 127

135 a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Item Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the OpenBSD application monitor, including: Physical Memory Indicate the physical memory of the OpenBSD system. Swap Indicate the swap memory of the OpenBSD system. Total Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the OpenBSD system. In Use Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the OpenBSD system. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the OpenBSD system for the time being. Usage Ratio Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the OpenBSD system. Formula: Usage Ratio=In Use/Total * 100% Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The memory usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the memory usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the OpenBSD system for the time being. 128

136 Ping test At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the OpenBSD resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host. The Ping Test pane is shown in Figure 89. Figure 89 Ping test This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of Ping test Display the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This Week icon, the This Month icon, or the This Year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: Response Time Indicate the response time of the latest Ping test. Packets Sent Indicate the number of ICMP packets that are sent by APM in the last Ping test. During a Ping test, APM can send up to three ICMP packets to the host. Packets Received Indicate the number of ICMP response that are received by APM during a Ping test. The number of the received response can be 0 or 1. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the 129

137 Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being. System load APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored OpenBSD in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the OpenBSD system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU. The System Load pane is shown in Figure 90. Figure 90 System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of system load Display the trend of the OpenBSD system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves for different time intervals are marked in different colors, including: Green curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/1 minute) in the past one hour. Orange curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/5 minutes) in the past hour. Blue curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/15 minutes) in the past hour. Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: System Load/Min Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM start polling the host. System Load/5 Min Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM start polling the host. 130

138 File system usage ratio System Load/15 Min Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM start polling the host. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the OpenBSD system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being. Being different from the Windows file system, the OpenBSD file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory. The File System Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 91. Figure 91 File system usage ratio This pane contains the following information: 131

139 Network interface Bar graph of file system usage ratio Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. File System Indicate the mount points of the OpenBSD file system. Usage Ratio Indicate the storage space usage ratio of the specified partition or logical volume. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored OpenBSD system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being. In Use Indicate the used storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. Free Space Indicate the available storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. The Network Interface pane is shown in Figure 92. Figure 92 Network interface This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the network card identities of the OpenBSD system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card). Receive Rate Indicate the packet receiving rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of packet receiving rate for the monitored network card. The packet receiving rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions 132

140 of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate. Process History Record Click the History Record icon to view the packet receiving rate trend of the monitored network card in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the packet receiving rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the packet receiving rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index; if you select the time period This year, the packet receiving rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the packet receiving rate trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the packet receiving rate index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the packet receiving rate for the time being. Send Rate Indicate the packet sending rate of the monitored network card when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. Input Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. Output Packet Loss Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding monitored index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure 93. Figure 93 Process This pane contains the following information: Configuration ( ) Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the OpenBSD system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. Process Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect index data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID). 133

141 I/O status CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to CPU usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. Memory Usage Ratio Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the OpenBSD resides for the last time. History Record Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the OpenBSD system, as shown in Figure 94. Figure 94 I/O state This pane contains the following information: Device Name Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the OpenBSD system. I/O Rate Indicate the number of bits of the input/output data in the disk driver per second. IOs/Sec Indicate the number of the transfer times in the disk driver per second. A transfer is an I/O request to the physical disk. Multiple logical requests can be integrated into a single I/O request. The size of the transferred data in each transfer is not fixed. 134

142 HP-UX HP-UX is a UNIX operation system, of which the performance and stability can greatly affect the performance of applications or services running on it. Therefore, APM provides the ability to monitor HP-UX. APM can monitor the HP-UX or latter version. Configuring HP-UX monitor APM can monitor HP-UX operation system using CLI mode. Before starting HP-UX monitor configuration on APM, make sure that the following conditions are meet: The HP-UX operation system to be monitored starts up, and the Telnet/SSH is enabled. For more information, see the HP-UX configuration guide. The host on which HP-UX resides has been added to the IMC base platform. For more information, see HP Intelligent Management Center Base Platform Administrator Guide. Monitoring the HP-UX via CLI, APM obtains the Telnet/SSH user name and password of the HP-UX host through the IMC PLAT. Therefore, you need to configure the correct Telnet/SSH user name and password before monitoring the HP-UX system, and the Telnet/SSH user must have the administrator authority of the host on which HP-UX resides. Adding an HP-UX application monitor To add an HP-UX application monitor: 1. Open the Add Application page. Two ways to open the Add Application page: Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Add Application. Click Resource > Application Management, and then in the navigation tree, click Application Monitor, the Application Monitor list displays. Click Add to open the Add Application page. 2. Click the HP-UX icon of the UNIX Server Monitor class to open the Add-HP-UX page. 3. In the Add-HP-UX page, complete the following information: Name Specify a name for the HP-UX monitor. The names of the HP-UX monitors cannot overlap. HP recommends that you name the monitor using the format application name_host IP. Description Input a brief introduction of the HP-UX monitor. Detailed description can help administrator with application management. IP Address Click Select to open the Device Resource dialog box, and select the host that the HP-UX resides through IP View, Device View, or Custom View. Polling Interval (min) Select the interval time (Unit: minutes) that APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides, and collects the latest monitored indexes from the hosts from the Polling Interval list. The options include one, two, three, four, five, ten, twenty, and thirty minutes. The default interval time is 5 minutes. Monitor Type APM can only use CLI mode to monitor the HP-UX system. Leave the default setting as is. 135

143 Contact Input information of the contacts related to the HP-UX system, such as name, phone number, address, and so forth. Related Applications Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select the HP-UX related applications, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the HP-UX system in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications of in the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the HP-UX system, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. Detect Application Specify whether to detect the HP-UX system to be monitored when APM adds an HP-UX monitor. The application detection function enables APM to try to access the HP-UX system and collect the monitored indexes before adding an HP-UX monitor to the Application Monitor list. And APM can add the HP-UX monitor to the Application Monitor list only after the connection is established successfully. To enable the application detection function, click the Detect Application check box. 4. Click OK to add an HP-UX monitor. Modifying an HP-UX monitor When you modify an HP-UX monitor, you cannot modify the IP address that the HP-UX resides. Therefore, if the IP address of an HP-UX host changes, you have to add a new monitor for monitoring the HP-UX system. To modify an HP-UX monitor: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the Modify icon of the HP-UX monitor you want to modify. The Modify-HP-UX page appears. 4. Specify the parameters for the HP-UX monitor. For more information, see Adding an OpenBSD application monitor. 5. Click OK. Viewing HP-UX monitoring report After adding an HP-UX monitor, you can view the evaluation result and related monitored indexes of the monitored HP-UX system in the monitoring report. To view the monitoring report: 1. Click Resource > Application Management. 2. In the navigation tree, click Application Monitor to open the Application Monitor page. All applications monitors are displayed in the Application Monitor page. 3. Click the name of an HP-UX monitor to open the real-time report of the monitored HP-UX system. In the HP-UX monitoring report, you can perform the following operations: To analyze the root cause of an unhealthy HP-UX: 136

144 Click the analysis icon on the top of the monitoring report to view the potential factors that cause the unhealthy state. To refresh the HP-UX monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of the monitoring report. To refresh each pane of the HP-UX monitoring report: Click the refresh icon on the top of each pane to view the corresponding latest monitoring data. An HP-UX monitoring report includes the following information: Monitor information Availability today CPU usage ratio Usage ratio Ping test System load File system usage ratio Network interface Error log Process I/O status Monitor information The Monitor Information pane is shown in Figure 95. Figure 95 Monitor information This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the name of the HP-UX monitor. Health status Indicate the current health status of the monitored HP-UX. IP Address Indicate the IP address of the host that the HP-UX resides. Application Type Indicate the type of the monitored application. Last Polling Time Indicate the time when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the HP-UX application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between HP-UX and the other applications. 137

145 If there are alarms that are generated by HP-UX and have not been recovered, this pane also displays the following information: Availability today Top5 unrecovered alarm Displays the top5 unrecovered alarms generated by the HP-UX system. The alarm levels include: Minor alarm Highlighted in yellow. Major alarm Highlighted in orange. Critical alarm Highlighted in red. The Availability Today pane is shown in Figure 96. Figure 96 Available today This pane contains the following information: Pie chart of Availability Display the percentage of each availability state. Move the pointer over each section of the pie chart to view the percentage of each availability state. Current Availability Indicate the availability state of the HP-UX system when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time. 7-day History Click the 7-day history icon to view the availability states of the HP-UX in the past seven days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in hours for the monitored HP-UX system. Move the pointer over each period to view the percentage of each availability state. 30-day History Click the 30-day history icon to view the availability states of the HP-UX in the past thirty days. With this function, APM provides availability statistics in days for the monitored HP-UX. Move the pointer over each date to view the percentage of each availability state. Available Time Indicate the cumulative available time of the monitored HP-UX, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored HP-UX is inaccessible, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored HP-UX is unavailable, which starts counting from 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Indicate the cumulative time when the availability state of the monitored HP-UX is unmanaged, which starts counting from 00:00 today. 138

146 NOTE: CPU usage ratio The availability state for which the cumulative time is 0 does not display in this pane. For a new-added HP-UX monitor, APM start counting the cumulative time of each availability state from the time when the HP-UX monitor is added successfully. The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 97 and Figure 98. Figure 97 CPU usage ratio Figure 98 CPU usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the HP-UX CPU usage ratio. Dial Plate of CPU Usage Ratio Display the CUP usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system when the last time APM polls the host that the HP-UX system resides. Curve graph of CPU usage ratio trend Display the CPU usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system over a certain time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the ratio of a specified time point. The curve graph displays the CPU usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system 139

147 in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the CPU usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the current CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system. Memory Usage ratio Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of CPU usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The CPU usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the CPU usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the HP-UX system for the time being. The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 99 and Figure 100. Figure 99 Memory Usage ratio 140

148 Figure 100 Usage ratio trend This pane contains the following information: Dial Plate /Trend Diagram Click the Dial Plate icon or the Trend Diagram icon to select a display mode of the HP-UX Memory usage ratio. Dial Plate of Memory Usage Ratio Display the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system when APM polls the host that HP-UX resides for the last time. Curve graph of Memory Usage ratio trend Display the memory usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the usage ratios of physical memory (Green line) and swap memory (Orange line). Move the pointer over the curve to view the usage ratio of a specified time point. Click the Usage Ratio or Swap Usage Ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitored indexes. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Item Indicate the memory usage ratio indexes for the HP-UX application monitor, including: Physical Memory Indicate the physical memory of the HP-UX system. Swap Indicate the swap memory of the HP-UX system. Total Indicate the total memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the HP-UX system. In Use Indicate the used memory (physical memory or swap memory) capacity of the HP-UX system. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity; if you select the time period This year, the used 141

149 memory capacity of the HP-UX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the used memory capacity, and the maximum, minimize, and average value of the used memory capacity. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the used memory capacity of the HP-UX system for the time being. Usage Ratio Indicate the current memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio of the HP-UX system. Formula: Usage Ratio=In Use/Total * 100% Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of memory (physical memory or swap memory) usage ratio. The enabled threshold is shown in a dotted line. The memory usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the memory usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the HP-UX system for the time being. Ping test At the beginning of a host polling, APM starts a Ping test for the host that the HP-UX resides. During a Ping test, APM sends ICMP packets to the host, and receives the response from the host. Once receiving a response, which means that the Ping test is successful, APM records the time when receiving the response. Otherwise, APM will try up to three times to Ping test the host. The Ping Test pane is shown in Figure

150 Figure 101 Ping test System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of Ping test Display the result trend of the Ping tests in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the result trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This Week icon, the This Month icon, or the This Year icon to select a time period. Move the pointer to the curve to view the Ping response time of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: Response Time Indicate the response time of the latest Ping test. Packets Sent Indicate the number of ICMP packets that are sent by APM in the last Ping test. During a Ping test, APM can send up to three ICMP packets to the host. Packets Received Indicate the number of ICMP response that are received by APM during a Ping test. The number of the received response can be 0 or 1. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the trend of the Ping test indexes in a past time period, which includes the response time, packets sent, packets received indexes. The time periods you can view include the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Ping test indexes is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Ping test indexes is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes; if you select the time period This year, the Ping test indexes is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trends of the Ping test indexes, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Ping test result for the time being. APM can analyze and display the system load average for the monitored HP-UX in the specified time period (one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes). System load average is the average number of the processes running on the HP-UX system during a specified time period. Excessive system load can cause performance problems, and the thresholds of system load vary across different types of CPU. The System Load pane is shown in Figure

151 Figure 102 System load This pane contains the following information: Curve graph of system load Display the trend of the HP-UX system load average (system load/1 minutes, system load/5 minutes, and system load/15 minutes) in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the system load trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. The curves for different time intervals are marked in different colors, including: Green curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/1 minute) in the past one hour. Orange curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/5 minutes) in the past hour. Blue curve Indicate the trend of system load average (system load/15 minutes) in the past hour. Move the pointer to the curve to view the system load average of a specified sampling point. Attribute/Value Displays the monitored indexes and its value. The monitored indexes are: System Load/Min Indicate the system load average of the last one minute before APM start polling the host. System Load/5 Min Indicate the system load average of the last five minutes before APM start polling the host. System Load/15 Min Indicate the system load average of the last fifteen minutes before APM start polling the host. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the system load trend of the HP-UX system in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the system load indexes are measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the system load indexes are measured in hours, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes; if you select the time 144

152 File system usage ratio period This year, the system load indexes are measured in days, and the diagram displays the system load trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the system load indexes. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the system load for the time being. Being different from the Windows file system, the HP-UX file system has only one root directory (/), which contains all sub-directories and files. Each physical partitions or logical volume is mounted as a sub-directory through a mount point, and you can read/write data from/to a partitions or logical volume by reading/writing the data from/to the corresponding sub-directory. The File System Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 103. Figure 103 File system usage ratio This pane contains the following information: Bar graph of file system usage ratio Display the usage ratio of the disk storage space for each mount point when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time. File System Indicate the mount points of the HP-UX file system. Usage Ratio Indicate the storage space usage ratio of the specified partition or logical volume. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the alarm threshold of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point in the monitored HP-UX system. The storage space usage ratio is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the storage space usage ratio for each mount point. For History Record Click the History Record icon to view the usage ratio trend of the disk storage space in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, 145

153 Network interface Last 6 hours, or Today, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the storage space usage ratio index is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the storage space usage index is measured in days, and the diagram displays the storage space usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the storage space usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the storage space usage ratio for the time being. In Use Indicate the used storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. Free Space Indicate the available storage space of the specified partition or logical volume. The Network Interface pane is shown in Figure 104. Figure 104 Network interface This pane contains the following information: Name Indicate the network card identities of the HP-UX system. The network cards that can be monitored by APM include physical network cards and virtual network cards (logical network card). Output Packet Rate Indicate the number of lost packets that should be sent by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of output packet rate for the monitored network card. The output packet rate is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of the packet receiving rate. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the output packet rate in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the output packet rate is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the output packet rate is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the trend of the output packet rate, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the output packet rate; if you select the time period This year, the output packet rate is measured in days, and the diagram displays the trend of the output packet rate, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the output packet rate. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the output packet rate for the time being. Input Packet Rate Indicate the number of lost packets that should be received by the monitored network card per second when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time. 146

154 Error log APM can check the HP-UX error logs when polling the HP-UX system, and displays the error logs in the HP-UX monitoring report. In the Error Log pane, you can view the latest 10 error logs. The Error Log pane is shown in Figure 105. Figure 105 Error log Process This pane contains the following information: Time Indicate the time when the error occurs. Log Indicate the content of the error log. More Click the link More to open a window to view more error logs in the HP-UX system. Generally, there is no process displays in the process pane. To monitor the process, click the Configuration icon to configure the processes to be monitored. The monitored processes and the corresponding monitored index data displays in the Process pane, as shown in Figure

155 Figure 106 Process This pane contains the following information: Configuration ( ) Click the Configuration icon to search the processes running on the HP-UX system. Select the processes to be monitored, and then click OK. APM collects the index data for the monitored processes during the next host polling, which includes the CPU usage ratio and memory usage ratio. Process Indicate the name of the monitored process. APM can respectively collect index data for the processes that have the same name, but different in Process Identifier (PID). CPU Usage Ratio Indicate the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time. Threshold setting Click the threshold setting icon to set the threshold of CPU usage ratio for the monitored process. The indexes of the monitored process is highlighted in yellow if the conditions of Level-1 threshold are met, and is highlighted in red if the conditions of Level-2 threshold are met. You can set a user-defined threshold or a global threshold to control alarms of CPU usage ratio. History Record Click the History Record icon to CPU usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the CPU usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the CPU usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the CPU usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the CPU usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the CPU usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the CPU usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. Memory Usage Ratio Indicate the memory usage ratio of the monitored process when APM polls the host that the HP-UX resides for the last time. 148

156 History Record Click the History Record icon to memory usage ratio trend of the monitored process in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trends, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average values of the memory usage ratio index. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the monitored process for the time being. I/O status APM can monitor the I/O status of the disk drivers in the HP-UX system, as shown in Figure 107. Figure 107 I/O state This pane contains the following information: Device Name Indicate the name of the disk drivers in the HP-UX system. I/O Rate Indicate the number of bits of the input/output data in the disk driver per second. Searches/Sec Indicate the number of the search times in the disk driver per second. 149

157 Linux server monitor Linux This chapter describes how to add and modify the Linux application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report. Linux is a popular open source operating system that has multiple release versions. Monitoring Linux is necessary because the operating performance of a Linux server affects network applications on the system. APM can monitor the Linux release versions of Ubuntu, RedHat, SUSE, and Center OS. Adding a Linux application monitor APM monitors the Linux application through CLI or SNMP. When you add the application monitor for Linux, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: Telnet, SSH, or SNMP must be enabled and configured on Linux. For information about enabling Telnet, SSH, or SNMP on Linux, see the Linux configuration guide. The target host must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding a host to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To monitor the Linux application through CLI, correctly configure the Telnet or SSH username and password on the IMC Platform. APM obtains the Telnet or SSH username and password of the Linux host from the IMC Platform. The Telnet or SSH user must have the administrator privilege. To monitor the Linux application through SNMP, correctly configure SNMP parameters on the IMC Platform. APM obtains the SNMP community strings for Linux from the IMC Platform. To add a Linux application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Linux of the Linux Server Monitor class. The page for adding a Linux application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host on which the Linux application will be monitored in the Select Devices window. 150

158 Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Available options include CLI and SNMP. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Linux depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a Linux application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a Linux application monitor. If the IP address of a Linux host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modifying a Linux application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. 3. Click the Modify icon for the Linux application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the Linux application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Modify the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Modify a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Available options include CLI and SNMP. Contact Modify the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Linux depends on, and click OK. To delete applications, select the 151

159 applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the Linux application monitor report After you add the Linux application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Linux by viewing the monitor report. To access the Linux application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a Linux application monitor. The monitor report of the Linux application appears, as shown in Figure 108. Figure 108 Part of a Linux application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Linux_ The health status of the application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 109, which are described in the following sections. 152

160 Monitor Information Figure 109 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the Linux application. IP Address IP address of the Linux host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Linux. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the Linux application. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view relations between applications in the topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Linux host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the Linux application. The Availability Today area is shown in Figure 110. Figure 110 Availability Today area layout 153

161 CPU Usage Ratio The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the Linux application today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the Linux application in the last polling period. To view the availability of the Linux application in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the Linux application in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the Linux application since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The CPU Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 111 and Figure 112. Figure 111 CPU Usage Ratio Dashboard area layout 154

162 Figure 112 CPU Usage Ratio Trend graph area layout The CPU Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Dashboard icon /Trend icon Click the Dashboard icon or the Trend icon to view the CPU usage ratio. Dashboard icon Click the Dashboard icon to view the CPU usage ratio in the last APM polling period. Trend icon Click the Trend icon to view the changes of the CPU usage ratio for the Linux application in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view the changes of the CPU usage ratio over a specified time period by clicking the Last 1 hour icon, Last 6 hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, and This Year icon. The default time period is last one hour. CPU Usage Ratio CPU usage ratio of the Linux application in the last APM polling period. Memory Usage Ratio Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the CPU usage ratio. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU Usage Ratio trend graph as dotted lines. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the CPU usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view CPU usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons on the upper right of the graph. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The Memory Usage Ratio pane is shown in Figure 113 and Figure

163 Figure 113 Memory Usage Ratio Dashboard area layout Figure 114 Memory Usage Ratio Trend graph area layout The Memory Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Dashboard icon /Trend icon Click the Dashboard icon or the Trend icon to view the memory usage ratio. Dashboard icon Click the Dashboard icon to view the memory usage ratio in the last APM polling period. Trend icon Click the Trend icon to view the changes of the memory usage ratio (including the physical memory usage ratio and swap memory usage ratio) for the Linux application in a line chart. The green line is for the physical memory usage ratio and the orange for the swap memory usage ratio. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view the changes of the memory usage ratio over a specified time period by clicking the Last 1 hour icon, Last 6 hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, and 156

164 Ping Test This Year icon. Click the legend names of the different types of memory usage ratio to display or hide the corresponding monitor indexes. Item Monitor index name. Physical memory Physical memory of Linux. Swap Swap memory of Linux. Total Total amount of the physical or swap memory. In Use Amount of the physical or swap memory in use. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the memory usage trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage at the specific time point. Operators can view the memory usage statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons on the upper right of the graph. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. Usage Ratio Physical and virtual memory usage ratio. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the memory (including the physical and swap) usage ratio. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Memory Usage Ratio trend graph as dotted lines. The data is highlighted in yellow when the memory usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the memory usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the memory usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the memory usage ratio at the specific time point. Operators can view memory usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. When the polling interval expires, APM pings the Linux host by sending an ICMP packet. If a response packet is received, the ping succeeds and APM records the response time. If no response packet is received, APM sends another ICMP packet to the host. A maximum of three ICMP packets can be sent. The Ping Test area layout is shown in Figure

165 Figure 115 Ping Test area layout System Load The Ping Test area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the ping response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Response Time trend graph Shows the trend of the round trip response time of the Linux application over the last one hour. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the Linux application in the last ping operation. Packets Sent Number of ICMP packets that are sent in the last ping operation. The maximum number is 3. Packets Received Number of ICMP response packets that are received in the last ping operation, which is 0 or 1. History icon Click the History icon to view the history trend graph of the ping test data (including the response time, the packets sent, and the packets received). Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. APM counts the average system load over one minute, five minutes, and fifteen minutes. The average system load refers to the average number of processes in the run queue over a specific time interval. An overloaded system results in severe performance issues. The load threshold value varies with CPUs. 158

166 The System Load area layout is shown in Figure 116. Figure 116 System Load area layout The System Load area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the system load over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. System Load trend graph Shows the system load trend of Linux over the last one hour. The green curve shows the system load over one minute, the orange over five minutes, and the blue over fifteen minutes. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the system load at the specific time point. Click the legend names to display or hide the corresponding monitor indexes. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. System Load/Min Average system load over the last one minute in the last APM data collection period. System Load/5 Min Average system load over the last five minutes in the last APM data collection period. System Load/15 Min Average system load over the last fifteen minutes in the last APM data collection period. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the system load trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view system load statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. 159

167 File System Usage Ratio The Linux file system has only one root directory. All file systems appear as subdirectories under the root directory. Each physical disk partition or logical volume can be mounted to a subdirectory. You can read data from or write data to physical disk partitions or logical volumes in the relevant subdirectories. The File System Usage Ratio area layout is shown in Figure 117. Figure 117 File System Usage Ratio area layout The File System Usage Ratio area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. File System Usage Ratio horizontal bar chart Shows the space usage ratio of each mount point in the last APM polling period. Place the cursor over a spot in a bar to view the space usage ratio of the specified mount point. File System Mount point of the Linux file systems. Usage Ratio Space usage ratio of partitions, logical volumes, or tmpfs. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the Linux file system usage ratio. The data is highlighted in yellow when the file system usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the file system usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the file system usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view file usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The statistics shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today are collected in polling intervals. The statistics shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month are collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The statistics shown in the line chart of this year are collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. In Use Amount of the space that is in use in partitions, logical volumes, or tmpfs. Network Interface Free Space Amount of the space that is not in use in partitions, logical volumes, or tmpfs. The Network Interface area layout is shown in Figure

168 Figure 118 Network Interface area layout Error Log The Network Interface area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Identifier of a network interface card in Linux. APM monitors physical and virtual (logical) network interface cards. Receive Rate Receive rate of a network interface card in the last APM polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the receive rate of Linux network interface cards. The data is highlighted in yellow when the receive rate reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the receive rate reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the receive rate trend of a specified network interface card. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view the receive rate statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimums and average values. Send Rate Send rate of a network interface card in the last APM polling period. Input Packet Loss Number of lost inbound packets per second on a network interface card in the last APM polling period. Output Packet Loss Number of lost outbound packets per second on a network interface card in the last APM polling period. APM examines the error logs of the Linux application during polling and displays the last ten error logs in the Linux application monitor report. The Error Log area layout is shown in Figure

169 Figure 119 Error Log area layout The Error Log area contains the following fields: Process Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Time Time when the error occurs. Log Content of the error log. More Click More to view all error logs. The process list is empty by default. Click the Config icon on the upper right of the graph to configure the process you want to monitor. APM then collects the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for the process in the next polling. The Process area layout is shown in Figure 120. Figure 120 Process area layout 7 The Process area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. 162

170 I/O State Config icon Click the Config icon to select processes to be monitored in the monitor list window. Process Name of the monitored process. For processes with the same name but different PIDs, APM collects the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for each process. For example, Apache may generate a lot of httpd processes. If you select httpd processes to monitor, APM collects the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for each httpd process. CPU Usage Ratio CPU usage ratio of the process in the last APM polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the Linux process CPU usage ratio. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the CPU usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view the CPU usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The data shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today is collected in polling intervals. The data shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month is collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The data shown in the line chart of this year is collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. Memory Usage Ratio Memory usage ratio of the process in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view the history graph of the memory usage ratio trend. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the data at the specific time point. Operators can view the memory usage ratio statistics over the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year by clicking the corresponding icons. The statistics shown in the line charts of last 1 hour, last 6 hours, and today are collected in polling intervals. The statistics shown in the line charts of yesterday, this week, and this month are collected in hours. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. The statistics shown in the line chart of this year are collected in days. The statistical results include the maximum, minimum, and average values. More Click More to view the CPU usage ratio and the memory usage ratio for processes with the same name. APM can monitor the I/O state of disks, partitions, or logical volumes in Linux. The I/O State area layout is shown in Figure 121. Figure 121 I/O State area layout The I/O State area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. 163

171 Device Name Name of the disk, partition, or logical volume in Linux. I/O Read Rate Data output rate of disks, partitions, or logical volumes in Linux. I/O Write Rate Data input rate of disks, partitions, or logical volumes in Linux. 164

172 Database Server Monitor The database server monitors include the following application types: SQL Server MySQL Oracle This chapter introduces you how to add an application monitor and check the details of the corresponding monitor report. SQL Server SQL Server is a Database Management System (DBMS) developed by Microsoft. As the most important parts of the whole services, the performance and stability of the database can directly affect the business operation normally, thus APM supplies the service of monitoring for SQL Server. APM can monitor SQL Server 2000, SQL Server 2005 and SQL Server This chapter introduces you how to add/modify a SQL Server application monitor and how to view the SQL Server application monitor report. Adding a SQL Server application monitor APM monitors the SQL Server by a server port (default value is 1433). You should be aware of the following points when you add an application monitor: The host which installed the SQL Server should have joined the IMC platform already. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide. You should have the authority of the SQL Server, and get all credentials of login. Meanwhile the authentication type should be the SQL Server Authentication. To add a SQL Server application monitor: 1. Click Resource tab. 2. The operator can enter the Add Application page from the two ways: Click Application Management > Add Application in the menu. All of the application types display in the page, which can be monitored by APM. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays the Application Monitor list. Click Add button. 3. Click SQL Server of the Database Server monitor class, enter to the Add-SQL Server page. 4. In the Name textbox, input the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique. HP recommends you to use the format application name_host IP address as the application monitor name. 5. In the Port textbox, input the SQL Server service port, the default value is In the Description textbox, input the details of the application monitor. The specific details are helpful for the operator to manage it. 7. Click Select button, the Select Devices dialogue box pops up. Select to install the SQL Server Client. 165

173 8. In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server. 9. The authentication on mode when the operator login the SQL Server should be SQL Server Authentication and it is unavailable to be modified. 10. Specify the administrator username and password in the text box. 11. Input the instance name of SQL Server in the Instance Name textbox. When install the SQL Server you should use the default instance name, keep the Instance Name textbox as empty; When install the SQL Server you should configure an instance name, keep the same instance name in the SQL Server textbox, otherwise the monitor cannot be access. 12. Input the contact person s information in the Contact textbox. The information includes the name, , phone number and so on. 13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the SQL Server in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications when you select the related applications for the SQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. 14. Tick or not in the textbox to select whether or not to Detect Application. If you select to detect application, APM will connect the application and get the data according to the parameters. If the connection is successful, the application will add the application monitor successfully, otherwise not. If you don t select to detect application, the application monitor can be added directly without connecting with the application. 15. Click OK button. Modifying a SQL Server application monitor When the operators do the operation of modifying SQL Server application monitor, the operators can change the parameters exclude the IP address. If the SQL Server IP address is changed, the operators can only add the SQL Server application monitor again. To modify SQL Server application monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays application monitor list. 3. Click Modify the target application monitor to enter the Modify Application-SQL Server page. 4. Type in the Name in the textbox to modify the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique; the name format should be Application name_host IP address. 5. Modify the Description information in the textbox which is helpful for the operator. 6. IP Address cannot be modified. 7. In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more 166

174 accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server. 8. Modify the service port of the SQL Server in the Port textbox, which the default value is When you login in SQL Server, the mode of authentication on should be SQL Server authentication, which cannot be modified. 10. If you want to modify the administrator username and password, type in new username and password in the text box. 11. In the Instance Name textbox type in the instance name of SQL Server. When you install the SQL Server you use the default instance name, keep the Instance Name textbox as empty; When you install the SQL Server you configure an instance name, keep the same instance name in the SQL Server textbox, otherwise the monitor cannot be access. 12. Modify the Contact information in the textbox. The contents include: name, , phone number and so on. 13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. Click Delete to delete the related application of the SQL Server. The operators can view the applications related to the SQL Server in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications of the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the SQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. 14. Tick or not in the textbox to select whether or not to Detect Application. If you select to detect application, APM will connect the application and get the data according to the parameters. If the connection is successful, the application will add the application monitor successfully, otherwise not. If you don t select to detect application, the application monitor can be added directly without connecting with the application. 15. Click OK button. SQL Server application monitor report When you complete the operation of adding a monitor, APM begins to collect the monitor indexes and then calculate the availability and health status. The operator can learn more details on the application monitor index from the SQL Server application report. To visit a SQL Server application monitor report 1. Click Resource tab. 2. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. 3. Click the application type SQL Server, and then the SQL Server Application Monitor Report pops up, shown as Figure

175 Figure 122 SQL Server Application Monitor Report (Part) The name of the application monitor is MSSQL_ The current health status of SQL Server is Healthy( ). When the current health status shows Unhealthy, you can click the Healthy icon to view the warning detail and reasons analysis. Click the Refresh icon on the top of the page to renew the current report data. The content of the report includes: Monitor Information Availability Today Memory Usage Buffer Management Connection Statistics Buffer Details Lock Details SQL Statistics Latch Detail Access Method Details Job Details Database Details Monitor information The monitor information is shown in Figure

176 Figure 123 Monitor Information-SQL Server Avaibility today Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Name Indicate the names of the application monitor. Health Status Indicate the current health status of SQL Server. IP Address Indicate the IP address of SQL Server. Application Type Indicate the type of the application, SQL Server. Version Indicate the version of SQL Server. Port Indicate the service port of SQL Server. Last Polling Time Specify the time when APM did the last polling for SQL Server. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the SQL Server application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between SQL Server and the other applications. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm The last 5 unrecovered alarm in SQL Server. If there is no application for the alarm, it does not display this alarm. The warning colors stand for the levels of the alarms, yellow stands for minor warning, red stands for critical warning and orange stands for major warning. The Availability Today information is shown in Figure

177 Figure 124 Availability today-sql Server Memory usage Fresh Click the Fresh icon to fresh the detail. Availability Pie Chart Specify the availability percentage comparison for SQL Server. Put the mouse on the fragments of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms. Current Availability Specify the availability of SQL Server, the data comes from the last Polling. Click the 7 days history icon to view the SQL Server s availability of the last 7 days. The calculation unit is hour; put the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage. Click the 30 days history icon to view the SQL Server s availability of the last 30 days. The calculation unit is day; put the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage. Available Time Indicate the accumulative time which is working available from the current day 0:00. Unavailable Time Indicate the accumulative time which is working unavailable from the current day 0:00. Inaccessible Time Indicate the accumulative time which is inaccessibly from the current day 0:00. Unmanaged Time Indicate the accumulative time which is unmanaged from the current day 0:00. For the new added application monitor, the Available Time, Unavailable Time and Unmanaged Time begin to work, if one of the elements is 0, it does not display in the report. The Memory Usage information is shown in Figure

178 Figure 125 Memory usage-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh Icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Memory Usage Specify the memory usage status of SQL Server in the last hour. Green color stands for SQL Cache Memory. Orange color stands for Optimizer Memory. Blue color stands for Lock Memory. Brown color stands for Connection Memory. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data on the collection point. Click the Icon name to display/hide the index in the trend chart. Attribute and Value Specify the name and data of the memory index. The indexes include: Total Server Memory Specify the total sever memory submit from the buffer pool when APM did the last polling. SQL Cache Memory Specify the SQL cache memory when APM did the last polling. Optimizer Memory Specify the memory which is used to query optimization when APM did the last polling. Lock Memory Specify the memory which is used to lock when APM did the last polling. Connection Memory Specify the connection memory when APM did the last polling. 171

179 Granted Work space Memory Specify the granted work space memory for hashing ordering, copying, index creation operations when APM did the last polling in SQL Server. Memory Grants Pending Specify the memory grant numbers when the SQL Server progress is pending for getting the workspace.. Memory Grants Outstanding Specify the memory grant numbers when the SQL Server progress is successful to getting the workspace. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the memory usage in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the SQL Server for the time being. Buffer management The Buffer Management information is shown in Figure 126. Figure 126 Buffer management-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the buffer hit ratio trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the buffer hit ratio trend in the specified time 172

180 period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Buffer Management This chart displays the variation of the SQL Server Buffer Hit ratio in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Attribute and Value Specify the name and data of the memory index. The indexes include: Connection statistics Buffer Hit Ratio Indicate the buffer hit ratio which find in the buffer area but no need to read in the disk. Higher ratio stands for better performance. Searched Pages/Min Indicate the number of the quest to search pages in the buffer pool in one minute when APM did the last polling in SQL Server. Read Pages/Min Indicate the read pages per minute when APM did the last polling. Written Pages/Min Indicate the written pages per minute when APM did the last polling. Total Pages Indicate the total pages, which include stolen page, available page and database page, when APM did the last polling. Database Pages Indicate the database pages contain in the buffer when APM did the last polling. Idle Pages Indicate the total pages that are not used when APM did last polling. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for Buffer Hit Ratio. After this operation, the threshold value is shown as dashed line in the buffer hit ration area. Yellow color stands for the Level 1 threshold value. Red color stands for the Level 2 threshold value. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the buffer related ratio trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the buffer related ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer related ratio of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the buffer related ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer related ratio of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the buffer related ratio of the SQL Server for the time being. The Connection Statistics information is shown as Figure

181 Figure 127 Connection statistics-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the connection time trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the connection time trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Connections Statistics chart This chart displays the variation of connection for SQL Server in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the indexes. The indexes include: Connection Time Indicate the consuming time of building a connection in the last time APM polling the SQL Server. User Connections Indicate the number of connections which are in the status of connection when APM did last polling. Logins/sec Indicate the times of the login per second when APM did last polling. Logouts/sec Indicate the times of the logout per second when APM did last polling. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for connection time. After this operation, the threshold value is shown as dashed line in the connection time area. Yellow color stands for the Level 1 threshold value. Red color stands for the Level 2 threshold value. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the connection time trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the connection time of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the 174

182 time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the connection time of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the connection time trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the connection time of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the connection time trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the connection time of the SQL Server for the time being. Buffer details The Buffer Details are shown as Figure 128. Figure 128 Buffer details -SQL Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the cache hit ratio trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the cache hit ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Buffer Detail This chart displays the variation of the SQL Server Buffer Hit ratio in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and data of the indexes. The index includes: Cache Hit Ratio Specify the ratio of cache hit time and searching time when APM did the last polling. The higher ratio stands for, the better performance is. Cache Objects in use Specify the Cache Objects in use per minute when APM did the last polling. Cache Object Counts Specify the counts of the cache object when APM did the last polling. Cache Pages Specify the buffer pages when APM did the last polling. 175

183 Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for cache hit ratio. After this operation, the threshold value is shown as dashed line in the cache hit ratio area. Yellow color stands for the Level 1 threshold value. Red color stands for the Level 2 threshold value. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the higher the hit ratio index is, the better performance is, so the threshold condition ought to be set to Less than or equal to. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the cache hit ratio trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the cache hit ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average cache hit ratio of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the cache hit ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average cache hit ratio of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the cache hit ratio of the SQL Server for the time being. Lock details The Lock Details are shown as Figure 129. Figure 129 Lock details-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the number of deadlocks trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the number of deadlocks trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. 176

184 Lock Details This chart displays the variation trend of Lock Waits/sec, Lock Timeouts/sec and Number of Deadlocks/sec in last one hour. Green color stands for Lock Waits/sec. Orange color stands for Lock Timeouts/sec. Blue color stands for Number of Deadlocks/sec. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Lock Requests/sec Indicate the number of the new lock and lock transformation request s in lock management when APM did the last polling. Lock Waits/sec Indicate the number of the requests of lock waiting per second when APM did the last polling. Lock Timeouts/sec Indicate the number of the requests of lock timeout per second when APM did the last polling. Number of Deadlocks/sec Indicate the number of requests of deadlocks per second when APM did the last polling. Average Wait Time Indicate the average wait time for each lock request when APM did the last polling. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for Lock detail indexes. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the lock detail trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the lock detail of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the lock detail of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the lock detail trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock detail of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the lock detail of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the lock detail trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock detail of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the lock detail time of the SQL Server for the time being. SQL statistics The SQL Statistics details are shown in Figure

185 Figure 130 SQL statistics-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the SQL statistics trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a SQL statistics time period to view the SQL statistics trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. SQL Statistics This chart displays the trend of Batch Requests/Min, SQL Compilations/Min and SQL Recompilations/Min in last hour. Green color stands for batch requests/min; Orange color stands for SQL Compilations/min and blue color stands for SQL Recompilations/min. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and data of the indexes. The indexes include: Batch Requests/Min Indicate the number of receiving the Transact-SQL batch requests per minute when APM did the last polling. SQL Compilations/Min Indicate the times of SQL compilations per minute when APM did the last polling. When the status of the SQL Server user is stable, the value will be stable. SQL Recompilations/Min Indicate the times of SQL Recompilations per minute when APM did the last polling. Auto Parameter Attempts/Min Indicate the times of Auto Parameter Attempts per minute when APM did the last polling. The auto parameter attempts progress happens when every time the SQL Server instance tries to replace some characters with the parameters for parameterization Transact-SQL request. To the same requests, this progress can reuse the operation plan saved in the cache. 178

186 Auto Parameter Failures/Min Indicate the times of Auto parameter failures per minute when APM did the last polling. The value should be small. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the SQL statistics trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SQL statistics of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SQL statistics of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SQL statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL statistics of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the SQL statistics of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SQL statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL statistics of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SQL statistics time of the SQL Server for the time being. Latch details The Latch Details are shown as Figure 131. Figure 131 Latch details-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the Latch details trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select a Latch details time period to view the Latch details trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Latch Details This chart display the trend of average latch time in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and data of the indexes. The indexes include: Lock Waits/Min Indicate the lock wait request numbers of the progress that want to invoke in per minute when APM did the last polling. 179

187 Access method details Average Latch Wait Time Indicate the average latch wait time when APM did the last polling, the unit is micro second. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the Latch details trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the Latch details of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the Latch details of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the Latch details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average Latch details of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the Latch details of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the Latch details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average Latch details of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Latch details time of the SQL Server for the time being. The Access Method Details are shown as Figure 132. Figure 132 Access method details-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail The curve graph displays the Access method details trend of the SQL Server in the past one hour by default. You can also select an Access method details time period to view the Access method details trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Access Method Details chart This chart displays the trend of the times of Full/Range/Probe Scan per minute when SQL Server did the last polling. Green color stands for number of full scan per minute; Orange color stands for the ranges scans per minute and blue color stands for probe scan per minute. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index. 180

188 Job details Attribute and Value Indicate the name and data of the indexes. The indexes include: Full Scans/Min Indicate the times of full scan without limitation per minute, when APM did the last polling. This scan can base on the table or full content scan. Range Scans/Min Indicate the scan number of limited range by indexing in per minute, when APM did the last polling. Probe Scans/Min Indicate the number of probe scans per second that are used to find at most one single qualified row in an index or base table directly. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the access method details trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the access method details of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the access method details of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the access method details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average access method details of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the access method details of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the access method details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average access method details of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Access method details time of the SQL Server for the time being. The Job Details are shown as Figure 133. Figure 133 Job details-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Name Indicate the job name when APM did last polling. Status Specify the status of the job, (-) stands for the job is never running. Date Indicate the last operating date of job. Time Indicate the last operating time of job. Duration Indicate the duration time of job complete. Tries Indicate the times of restart when the job is running. Database details The Database Details are shown as Figure

189 Figure 134 Database details-sql Server Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Database Indicate the name of the database when APM did last polling. Total stands for the whole statistic for all the databases. Size Indicate the size of the database in disk space. Transaction Indicate the number of transaction per minute in database. Active Transaction Indicate the number of the active transaction in database. Log File Indicate the size of the log file of database. Log Files Used Indicate the size of log files which are used in the database. Log Files Used Ration Indicate the used ration of the log files in database, log files used ration=log files used/log files *100%. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for the database detail. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the database details trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the database details of the SQL Server is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the database details of the SQL Server is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the database details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the SQL Server; if you select the time period This year, the database details of the SQL Server is measured in days, and the diagram displays the database details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the SQL Server. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the Database details time of the SQL Server for the time being. Log Writes Indicate the times of log writes per minute. Log Write Waits Indicate the number of the log files wait to write. Log Write Waits Time Indicate the time of the log files wait to write. Click More in the right bottom to open the Database Details page, which the operator can check more details about SQL Server. 182

190 MySQL MySQL is an open source database management system. As one of the important part, the performance can impact the service directly; APM supports the monitor to MySQL. APM can monitor MySQL 5.x.This chapter specify on how to add/modify the MySQL application monitor and MySQL application monitor report. Adding a MySQL application monitor APM monitors the MySQL by server port (default value is 3306). You should be aware of the following points when you add the application monitors: The host which has installed the MySQL should be joined the IMC platform. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide. The users who logins in the MySQL need to have the administrator s permission, the username and the password. To add My SQL application monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. The operator can inter the Add Application page from the two ways: Select Application Management > Add Application in the menu. The page displays all of the application types which can be monitored by APM. Select Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays the Application Monitor list. Click Add button. 3. Click MySQL of the Database Server monitor class, enter to the Add-SQL Server page. 4. In the Name textbox, input the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, you are better to use the format application name_host IP address as the application monitor name. 5. In the Port textbox, input the MySQL service port, the default value is In the Description textbox, input the details of the application monitor. The specific details are helpful for the operator to manage it. 7. Click Select button, the Select Devices dialogue box pops up. Select the host which has installed MySQL. 8. In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server. 9. If you want to modify the administrator username and password, type in new username and password in the text box. 10. Modify the Contact information in the textbox. The contents include: name, , phone number and so on. 11. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. Click Delete to delete the related application of the MySQL Server. The operators can view the applications related to the MySQL Server in the application topology. 183

191 NOTE: You cannot select the applications of the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the MySQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. 12. Tick or not in the textbox to select whether or not to Detect Application. If you select to detect application, APM will connect the application and get the data according to the parameters. If the connection is successful, the application will add the application monitor successfully, otherwise not. If you don t select to detect application, the application monitor can be added directly without connecting with the application. 13. Click OK button. Modifying a MySQL application monitor When the operators do the operation of modifying MySQL application monitor, the operators can change the parameters exclude the IP address. If the MySQL IP address is changed, the operators can only add the MySQL application monitor again. To modify MySQL application monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. 3. Click the modify icon, enter the Modify application-mysql page. 4. Type in the Name in the textbox to modify the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, the name format as Application name_host IP address Modify the application monitor name is preferred as the application monitor name. 5. Modify the MySQL service port in the Port textbox, the default value is Modify the Description information in the textbox, the specific description is helpful for the operator to manage. 7. IP Address is not allowed to modify. 8. In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server. 9. If you want to modify the administrator username and password, type in new username and password in the text box. 10. Modify the Contact information in the textbox. The contents include: name, , phone number and so on. 11. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. Click Delete to delete the related application of the MySQL Server. The operators can view the applications related to the MySQL Server in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications of the operation system catalogues when you select the related applications for the MySQL Server, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. 184

192 12. Tick or not in the textbox to select whether or not to Detect Application. If you select to detect application, APM will connect the application and get the data according to the parameters. If the connection is successful, the application will add the application monitor successfully, otherwise not. If you don t select to detect application, the application monitor can be added directly without connecting with the application. 13. Click OK button. MySQL application monitor reports When you complete the operation of adding monitor, APM begins to collect the monitor indexes and then calculate the availability and health status. The operators can learn more detail on the application monitor index from the MySQL application report. To visit MySQL application monitor report 1. Select Resource tab. 2. Select Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. 3. Click the link named as MySQL, the MySQL Application Monitor Report pops up, shown as Figure 135. Figure 135 MySQL application monitor reports( Part) The name of the application monitor is MySQL_ The current health status of MySQL is Healthy( ). When the current health status shows Unhealthy, click the Healthy icon to view the warning detail and reasons analysis. Click the Refresh icon on the top of the page to update the current report data. The content of the report includes: Monitor Information Availability Today Response Time Request Statists Connection Statistics 185

193 Key Details Buffer Details SQL Statistics Database Details Monitor information The Monitor Information is shown as Figure 136. Figure 136 Monitor information-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Name Indicate the names of the application monitor. Health Status Indicate the current health status of MySQL. IP Address Indicate the IP address of MySQL. Application Type Indicate the type of the application, MySQL. Version Indicate the version of MySQL. Port Indicate the service port of MySQL. Basic Directory Indicate the MySQL install path record in MySQL. Data Directory Indicate the files saving location in the host where the MySQL located. Last Polling Time Specify the time when APM did the last polling for MySQL. Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the MySQL application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between MySQL and the other applications. Top5 Unrecover Alarm The last 5 unrecovered alarm in MySQL. If there is no application for the alarm, it displays no content. The warning colors stand for the levels of the alarms, yellow stands for minor warning, red stands for critical warning and orange stands for major warning. 186

194 Availability today The Availability Today information is shown as Figure 137. Figure 137 Availability today-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Availability Today Specify the availability percentage comparison for MySQL. Put the mouse on the fragment of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms. Current availability Specify the availability of MySQL, the data comes from the last Polling. Click 7 days history icon to view the MySQL s availability of the last 7 days. The calculation unit is hour; remove the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage. Click 30 days history icon to view the MySQL s availability of the last 30 days. The calculation unit is day; remove the mouse to the corresponding time to view the availability percentage. Available Time Indicate the accumulative time which is working available from the current day 0:00. Unavailable Time Indicate the accumulative time which is working unavailable from the current day 0:00. Inaccessible Time Indicate the accumulative time which is inaccessibly from the current day 0:00. Unmanaged Time Indicate the accumulative time which is unmanaged from the current day 0:00. For the new added application monitor, the Available Time, Unavailable Time and Unmanaged Time begin to work, if one of the elements is 0, it does not display in the report. Response time The Response Time information is shown as Figure

195 Figure 138 Response time-mysql Request statistics Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the memory usage ratio trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the memory usage ratio trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Response Time This chart displays the trend of MSQL response time in last hour. Put the mouse on the fragment of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Response Time Indicate the response time when APM did last polling. Connection Timeout Indicate the time of connection timeout of MySQL. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for MySQL. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the memory usage ratio trend of the memory usage in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the memory usage ratio of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the memory usage ratio of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the memory usage ratio of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the memory usage ratio trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the memory usage ratio of the MySQL for the time being. The Request Statistics information is shown as Figure

196 Figure 139 Request statistics-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the request statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the request statistics trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Requests/s Trend Chart This chart default displays the trend of request/s in the last hour of MySQL. Put the mouse on the fragment of the pie chart to view the percentage for the different alarms. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Requests/s Indicate the number of the requests received per second when APM did polling in MySQL. Receive Rate Indicate the receive rate when APM did the last polling in MySQL. Send Rate Indicate the send rate per second when APM did last polling. Click the Threshold Value Setting icon to set the warning threshold value for monitor indexes. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the request statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the request statistics of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the request statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the request statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average memory usage ratio of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the request statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the request statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average 189

197 Connection statistics request statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the request statistics of the MySQL for the time being. The Connection Statistics are shown as Figure 140. Figure 140 Connection statistics-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail The curve graph displays the connection statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the connection statistics trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Connection Statistics Trend Chart The chapter default displays the trend of connection related index trend in the current hour. Green color stands for the number of the connection; Orange color stands for the number of aborted connection; Blue color stands for the number of aborted clients. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index. Attribute and Value Indicate the names and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Connections Indicate the calculated connection number from MySQL starts to the last polling of APM. Aborted Connections Indicate the calculated disconnection number from MySQL starts to the last polling of APM. Aborted Clients Indicate the calculated disconnection number caused by no correction closed connection of Cline from MySQL starts to the last polling of APM. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the connection statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 190

198 hours, or Today, the connection statistics of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the connection statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the connection statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection statistics of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the connection statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the connection statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the connection statistics of the MySQL for the time being. Thread details The Thread Details are shown as Figure 141. Figure 141 Thread details-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the thread details trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the thread details trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Thread Details Chart This chart default displays the trend of the related thread index changing in the last hour. Green color stands for the running threads; Orange color stands for the buffered threads and blue color stands for the thread buffer. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index. Attribute and Value-Indicate the names and data of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Running Threads Indicate the number of running threads when APM did the last polling. Buffered Threads Indicate the number of buffered threads when APM did the last polling. Thread Buffer Indicate the size of the thread buffer when APM did the last polling. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the thread details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this 191

199 week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the thread details related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the thread details of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the thread details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average thread details of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the thread details of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the thread details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average thread details of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the thread details of the MySQL for the time being. Key details The Key Details are shown as Figure 142. Figure 142 Key details-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the key details trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the key details trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Key Hit Ratio Trend Chart This chart displays the trend of key hit ration in current hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Key Hit Ration Indicate the key hit ration for the last MySQL polling in APM. Key Buffer Used Indicate the size of the key buffer used for the last MySQL polling in APM. Key Buffer Indicate the total size of the key buffer used for the last MySQL polling. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for key details. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. 192

200 History Record Click the History Record icon to view the key details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the key details related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the key details of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the key details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average key details of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the key details of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the key details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average key details of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the key details of the MySQL for the time being. Buffer details The Buffer details are shown as Figure 143. Figure 143 Buffer details-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the buffer details trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the buffer details trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Buffer Details Chart This chart displays the trend of the key hit ratio in the last hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Query Hit Ratio Indicate the query hit ratio when APM did last polling in MySQL. Queue Buffer Indicate the size of queue buffer, when APM did last polling. Queue Buffer Limit Indicate the maximum value of the queue buffer when APM did last polling. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for query hit ration. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; 193

201 Table lock statistics/min when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to Less than or equal to. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the buffer details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the buffer details related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the buffer details of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the buffer details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer details of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the buffer details of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the buffer details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average buffer details of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the buffer details of the MySQL for the time being. The Table Lock Statistics/min information is shown as Figure 144. Figure 144 Table lock statistic/min -MySQL Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the table lock statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the table lock statistics trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Table Lock Statistics/min chart This chart default displays the lock status per minute. The green color stands for locking immediately, orange color stands for locking wait. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: 194

202 Lock Immediately Indicate the number of the table lock which can be released immediately in MySQL when APM did the last polling. Lock Wait Indicate the number of the waiting locks when APM did the last polling. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the table lock statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the lock statistics related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the lock statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the lock statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock statistics of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the lock statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the lock statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average lock statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the table lock statistics of the MySQL for the time being. SQL operation statistics/min The SQL Operation Statistics/min information is shown as Figure 145. Figure 145 SQL operation statistics/min-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the SQL operation statistics trend of the MySQL in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the SQL operation statistics trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. SQL Operation Statistics/min chart Indicate the times of SQL operations per minute. Green color stands for delete operation; Orange color stands for insert operation; Blue color stands for select operation, brown color stands for update operation. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. 195

203 Database detail Click the icon name to display/hide the corresponding index. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Delete APM statistics the number of the Delete command lines which are operating per minute. Insert APM statistics the number of the Insert command lines which are operating per minute. Select APM statistics the number of the Select SQL command lines which are operating per minute. Update APM statistics the number of the Update command lines which are operating per minute. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the SQL operation statistics related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SQL operation statistics related index of the MySQL is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SQL operation statistics of the MySQL is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SQL operation statistics related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL operation statistics of the MySQL; if you select the time period This year, the SQL operation statistics of the MySQL is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SQL operation statistics trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SQL operation statistics of the MySQL. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SQL operation statistics of the MySQL for the time being. The Database Detail is shown as Figure 146. Figure 146 Database detail-mysql Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Database Indicate the name of the database when APM does polling. Size Indicate the size of the database of the disk space. Tables Indicate the number of the tables contained in the database. Click More in the right bottom to open the Database Details page, which the operator can check more details about database. 196

204 Oracle Oracle is one of the database management system developed by Oracle Company. As one of the important parts of the service, the performance and stability can impact the service applications directly, so APM supports the monitor function to Oracle. APM can monitor Oracle 8.x,9i,10g,11g version, and Oracle stand-alone and RAC. This chapter will specify introduce how to add/modify an Oracle application monitor and Oracle application monitor report. Adding a Oracle application monitor APM monitors the Oracle by server port (default value is 1521). You should be aware of the following points when you add the application monitors: The host which installed the Oracle should be joined the IMC platform. For more information, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide. The user should have an Oracle authentication, and get a user name and password before login. To add Oracle application monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. The operator can inter the Add Application page from the two ways: Select Application Management > Add Application in the menu. The page displays all of the application types which can be monitored by APM. Select Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays the Application Monitor list. Click Add button. 3. Click Oracle of the Database Server monitor class, enter to the Add-SQL Server page. 4. In the Name textbox, input the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, you are better to use application name_host IP address as the application monitor name. 5. In the Description textbox, input the details of the application monitor. The specific details are helpful for the operator to manage it. 6. Click Select button, the Select Devices dialogue box pops up. Select to install the Oracle Host. 7. Input the Oracle service port in the Port textbox, the default value is In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server. 9. Select the Oracle running mode in the Monitor mode dropdown list. The available option includes: stand-alone and rac. 10. To the stand-alone mode Oracle, put the instance name of Oracle in the Database Instance Name textbox. To the rac mode, put the service name of Oracle in the Database Instance Name textbox. 11. Input the Oracle administrator s username and password in the User Name and Password textbox. If you are the system user, the user name should set as sys as sysdba 12. Input the contact person s information in the Contact textbox. The information includes the name, , phone number and so on. 197

205 13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Oracle in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications when you select the related applications for the Oracle, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. 14. Tick or not in the textbox to select whether or not to Detect Application. If you select to detect application, APM will connect the application and get the data according to the parameters. If the connection is successful, the application will add the application monitor successfully, otherwise not. If you don t select to detect application, the application monitor can be added directly without connecting with the application. 15. Click OK button. Modifying an Oracle application monitor When the operators do the operation of modifying Oracle application monitor, the operators can change the parameters exclude the IP address. If the Oracle IP address is changed, the operators can only add the Oracle application monitor again. To modify Oracle application monitor: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. 3. Click the modify icon, enter the Modify application-oracle page. 4. Type in the Name in the textbox to modify the application monitor name. The application monitor name should be unique, the name format as Application name_host IP address Modify the application monitor name is preferred as the application monitor name. 5. Modify the Description information in the textbox, the specific description is helpful for the operator to manage. 6. IP Address is not allowed to modify. 7. Modify the Oracle service port in the Port textbox, the default value is In the Polling Interval (min) drop list, select the polling query time interval, the unit is min. The selected time interval includes: 1, 2,3,4,5,10,20,30. The shorter polling interval is, more accurate the application running status will reflect. But this brings more workload for the APM server. 9. Select the Oracle running mode in the Monitor mode dropdown list. The available option includes: stand-alone and rac. 10. To the stand-alone mode Oracle, put the instance name of Oracle database in the Database Instance Name textbox. To the rac mode, put the service name of Oracle in the Database Instance Name textbox. 11. Input the Oracle administrator s username and password in the User Name and Password textbox. If you are the system user, the user name should set as sys as sysdba 12. Input the contact person s information in the Contact textbox. The information includes the name, , phone number and so on. 198

206 13. Click Add to open the Select Application page, and select a related application, and then click OK. The operators can view the applications related to the Oracle in the application topology. NOTE: You cannot select the applications when you select the related applications for the Oracle, which includes the applications in the Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux catalogues. 14. Tick or not in the textbox to select whether or not to Detect Application. If you select to detect application, APM will connect the application and get the data according to the parameters. If the connection is successful, the application will add the application monitor successfully, otherwise not. If you don t select to detect application, the application monitor can be added directly without connecting with the application. 15. Click OK button. Oracle application monitor reports When you complete the operation of adding APM begins to collect the monitor indexes and then calculate the availability and health status. The operator can learn more detail on the application monitor index from the Oracle application report. To visit Oracle application monitor report: 1. Select Resource tab. 2. Click Application Management > Application Monitor in the menu. The page displays Application Monitor list. 3. Click the link named as Oracle, the Oracle application monitor report page pops up, shown in Figure 147. Figure 147 Oracle application monitor report(part) The name of the application monitor is Oracle_ The current health status of Oracle is Healthy( ). When the current health status shows Unhealthy, click the Healthy icon to view the warning details and reasons analysis. Click the Fresh icon on the top of the page to renew the current report data. The content of the report includes: Summary page includes: Monitor Information 199

207 Availability Today Database Details Connection Time SGA Status SGA Details Rollback Segment Tablespace page includes: Details Status Performance Index Session page includes: Session Details Waiting Sessions Monitor information The Monitor Information is shown in Figure 148. Figure 148 Monitor information-oracle Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Name Indicate the name of application monitor. Health Status Indicate the current health status of Oracle. IP Address Indicate the Oracle IP address. Application Type Indicate the type of the application, Oracle. Oracle Version Indicate the version of Oracle. Oracle Start Time Indicate the start date and time of Oracle. Port Indicate the service port of Oracle. Last Polling Time Indicate the time when APM did last polling. 200

208 Availability today Relationship Click the Relationship icon to open the Oracle application topology page. The operator can view the relationship between Oracle and the other applications. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm The last 5 unrecovered alarm in Oracle. If there is no application for the alarm, it does not display this alarm. The warning colors stand for the levels of the alarms, yellow stands for minor warning, red stands for critical warning and orange stands for major warning. The Availability Today is shown in Figure 149. Figure 149 Availability today-oracle Fresh click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Availability Today chart-indicate the percentage of the status for Oracle. Put the mouse on the segment to view the percentage of each status. Current Availability The availability of Oracle when APM did last polling. Click 7 days history icon to view the Oracle availability of the last 7 days. The calculation unit is hour; remove the mouse to the collecting points to view the specific data. Click 30 days history icon to view the Oracle availability of the last 30 days. The calculation unit is day; remove the mouse to the collecting points to view the specific data. Available Indicate the accumulative time which is working available from the current day 0:00 for Oracle. Unavailable Indicate the accumulative time which is working unavailable from the current day 0:00 for Oracle. Inaccessible Indicate the accumulative time which is inaccessibly from the current day 0:00 for Oracle. Unmanaged Indicate the accumulative time which is unmanaged from the current day 0:00 for Oracle. For the new added application monitor, the Available Time, Unavailable Time and Unmanaged Time begin to work, if one of the element is 0, it does not display in the report. 201

209 Database details The Database Details are shown as Figure 150. Figure 150 Database details-oracle Fresh click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Attribute and Value- Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Creation Time Indicate the time when Oracle installation is completed. Open Mode Indicate the current open mode for Oracle. Open Modes include: Read only mode and the Read Write. If you want to modify the open mode, please restart Oracle. Logging Mode Indicate the current logging mode for Oracle. The logging modes include NOARCHIVELOG mode and ARCHIVELOG mode. a. ARCHIVELOG When Oracle does the log switch, the old log sends to the assigned path, before that the old log cannot be covered by the new one. b. NOARCHIVELOG When Oracle does the log transformation, the old log is covered by the new one. Free Memory Indicate the free memory which can be used in SGA when APM did the last polling. Size Indicate all of the size of data file in Oracle. Block Size Indicate the default standard block size in Oracle. Average Execution Times Indicate the average execution times of the SQL command line when APM did last polling in Oracle. Reads Indicate the physical read times when APM did last polling in Oracle. Writes Indicate the physical write times when APM did last polling in Oracle. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for database details. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that 202

210 the higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to Less than or equal to. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the database details related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the database details related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the database details of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the database details related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the database details of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the database details trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average database details of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the database details of the Oracle for the time being. Connection time The Connection Time is shown as Figure 151. Figure 151 Connection time-oracle Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. The curve graph displays the connection time trend of the Oracle in the past one hour by default. You can also select a time period to view the connection time trend in the specified time period. Click the Last 1 hour icon, the Last 6 hours icon, the Today icon, the Yesterday icon, the This week icon, the This month icon, or the This year icon to select a time period. Connection Time chart Indicate the trend of the connect time in one hour. Put the mouse on the curve to view the specific data of all collection points. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Connection Time Indicate the connection time on connecting when APM did last polling. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for connect time. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the 203

211 higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to Less than or equal to. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the connection time related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the connection time related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the connection time of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the connection time related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the connection time of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the connection time trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average connection time of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the connection time of the Oracle for the time being. SGA status The SGA Status is shown in Figure 152. When Oracle is starting, the memory will dispute one share space which is called as System Global Area (SGA). Figure 152 SGA status-oracle Fresh click the Fresh icon to update the detail. SGA Status This chart displays the hit ration of the SGA buffer areas. Put the mouse on the chart to view the specific details. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Buffer Hit Ration Indicate the percentage in the buffer area when APM did the last polling. Dictionary Hit Ration Indicate the percentage in the dictionary cache when APM did the last polling. Database Hit Ration Indicate the percentage in the library cache when APM did the last polling. 204

212 Free Memory Indicate the free memory of SGA when APM did the last polling. Click the threshold value setting icon to set the warning threshold value for SGA state. When it meets the level 1 threshold value warning condition, the yellow light displays; when it meets the level 2 threshold value warning condition, the red light displays. You can use the custom threshold or global threshold to set the threshold value. Pay more attention that the higher the hit ratio index is, the performance is better, so the threshold condition ought to be set to Less than or equal to. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the SGA state related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SGA state related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SGA state of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SGA state related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA state of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the SGA state of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SGA state trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA state of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SGA state of the Oracle for the time being. SGA details This SGA Details are shown in Figure 153. Figure 153 SGA details-oracle Fresh click the fresh icon to update the detail. Attribute and Value Indicate the name and date of the monitor indexes. The indexes include: Buffer Indicate the size of buffered cache in the SGA space when APM did the last polling. Fixed Area Indicate the fixed size in the SGA space when APM did the last polling. REDO Log Area Indicate the size of redo log in the SGA space when APM did the last polling. Shared Pool Indicate the size of shared pool in the SGA space when APM did the last polling. 205

213 Database Buffer Indicate the size of library cache in the SGA space when APM did the last polling. Dictionary Buffer Indicate the size of library cache in the SGA space when APM did the last polling. SQL Area Indicate the size of SQL Area in the SGA space when APM did the last polling. History Record Click the History Record icon to view the SGA detail related index trend in a past time period, which includes the last 1 hour, last 6 hours, today, yesterday, this week, this month, and this year. If you select the time period Last 1 hour, Last 6 hours, or Today, the SGA detail related index of the Oracle is measured in unit of a polling interval; if you select the time period Yesterday, This week, or This month, the SGA detail of the Oracle is measured in hours, and the diagram displays the SGA detail related index trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA detail of the Oracle; if you select the time period This year, the SGA detail of the Oracle is measured in days, and the diagram displays the SGA detail trend, and the maximum, minimize, and average SGA detail of the Oracle. Move the pointer over the each sampling point to view the SGA detail of the Oracle for the time being. Rollback Rollback is shown in Figure 154. Figure 154 Rollback-Oracle Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Segment Indicate the name of the rollback segment. Table space Indicate the name of the table space. Status Indicate the status of rollback segment, include: ONLINE,PENDING OFFLINE and OFFLINE. ONLINE Indicate the status of segment is ONLINE. PENDING OFFLINE Indicate the status of segment is offline but there are still some activities using the rollback segment. OFFLINE Indicate the status of PENDING OFFLINE segment when the activities are finished. Current Size Indicate the size of the rollback segment. Current Blocks Indicate the number of the current blocks used by rollback segment. Initial Extent Segment Indicate the size of the first extent segment distribute for rollback segment. Next Extent Segment Indicate the size the second extent segment distribute for rollback segment. Min Extent Segment Indicate the number of the minimum extent segment distribute for rollback segment. 206

214 Max Extent Segment Indicate the number of the maximum extent segment distribute for rollback segment. Rollback Segment Get Indicate the times of getting rollback segment. Rollback Segment Wait Indicate the wait times of the rollback segment. HWM Indicate the High-water Mark of the rollback segment. HWM stands for the position of the last data module in the current segment. Shrinks Indicate the shrink times of the rollback segment. Wraps Indicate the warp times of the rollback segment. Extents Indicate the extent times of rollback segment. Hit Ratio Indicate the success rate of Rollback Segment Get. Hit Ratio = the number of Rollback Segment Get / (Rollback Segment Get+ Rollback Segment Wait) *100%. Table space details The Table Space Details are shown in Figure 155. Figure 155 Table space details-oracle Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Table space Indicate the name of the table space. Allocated Bytes Indicate the size of the table space when APM did last polling. Allocated Blocks Indicate the number of the allocate blocks when APM did last polling. Data Files Indicate the number of the data files contained in the table space when APM did the last polling. Status The Status is shown in Figure 156. Figure 156 Status-Oracle Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Table space Indicate the name of table space. 207

215 Status Indicate the status of the table space when APM did the last polling. The status include: ONLINE, OFFLINE, and INVALID. Free Bytes Indicate the free space which can be used in the table space when APM did the last polling. Free Blocks Indicate the number of the free blocks which can be used in the table space when APM did the last polling. Reads Indicate the times of reading of the table space when APM did the last polling. Writes Indicate the times of writing of the table space when APM did the last polling. Read Time Indicate the calculated reading time of the table space from Oracle start to the last polling. Write Time Indicate the calculated writing time of the table space from Oracle start to the last polling. Performance index The Performance Index details are shown as Figure 157. Figure 157 Performance Index-Oracle Fresh click the Fresh icon to update the detail. Data File Indicate the name and path of the Oracle data file. Table space Indicate the table space of the data file location. One data file only can locate in one table space. Status Indicate the status of the data file when APM did the last polling. Created Bytes Indicate the size of the data file when APM did the last polling. Reads Indicate the times that files read the data when APM did the last polling. Writes Indicate the times that files write the data when APM did the last polling. Average Read Time Indicate the average time that files read the data when APM did the last polling. Average Write Time Indicate the average time that files write the data when APM did the last polling. Details The Details are shown as Figure

216 Figure 158 Details-Oracle Waiting sessions Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. ID Indicate the ID in details. Status Indicate the status when APM is doing the last polling Computer Indicate the name of the computer which sets session with Oracle when APM did last polling. Username Indicate the user name when it sets session with Oracle. Elapsed Time Indicate the time when the session is set during APM did last polling. CPU Usage Time Indicate the time that session occupy the CPU during APM did the last polling. Memory Sorts Indicate the times of the memory sorted by user during the session when APM did the last polling. Table Scans Indicate the times of the user to do the table scan operation during the session when APM did the last polling. Physical Reads Indicate the times of the physical read by user during the session when APM did the last polling. Logical Reads Indicate the times of the logical read by user during the session when APM did the last polling. Submit Indicate the times of user submission during the session when APM did the last polling. The number of submitting when user is during the session. Cursor Indicate the number of the cursor used by user in the session when APM did the last polling. Buffer Hit Ratio Indicate the buffer hit ratio when APM did the last polling. The session logical ratio that happens in the buffer area. Click More in the right bottom to open the Session Details page, which the operator can check more details about session. Waiting sessions are shown in Figure

217 Figure 159 Waiting sessions-oracle Fresh Click the Fresh icon to update the detail. ID Indicate the ID in the waiting status. Username Indicate the user name when it connected session with Oracle. Description describe the session which is waiting for or the last waiting event. Events Occurred Indicate the total session events when APM did last polling. Status Indicate the session waiting status when APM did the last polling. The available status is WAITING and WAITED UNKNOWN TIME. WAITING The session is waiting. WAITED UNKNOWN TIME The time slot of session waited is unknown. Type The type of session. BACKGROUND means this session is made in the background. USER means this session made by user. Wait Seconds Indicate the time of session waiting when APM did the last polling. 210

218 11 Application server monitor This chapter describes how to add and modify the.net application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report..net server.net is the Microsoft XML Web services platform. XML Web services allow applications to communicate and share data through the Internet, regardless of operating systems or programming languages. With the Microsoft.NET platform, you can create XML Web services and integrate the services as needed. Adding a.net server application monitor APM can monitor.net servers only through WMI. When you add a.net application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The Windows Server host on which the.net server is installed must be configured and enabled with WMI. For information about enabling WMI for Windows Server, see Microsoft Windows Server online help. The.NET server host must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. APM must be installed on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To add a.net server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click.NET Server of the Application Server Monitor class. The page for adding a.net server application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the.net server is installed in the Select Devices window. For Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. 211

219 Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Username Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Enter the password of the administrator. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the.net server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a.net server application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a.net server application monitor. If the IP address of the.net server host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. To modify a.net server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click the Modify icon for the.net server application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the.net server application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Username Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. 212

220 If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Enter the password of the administrator. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the.net server depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between the.net server and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the.net server application monitor report After you add a.net server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtains monitor indexes for.net server by viewing the monitor report. To access the.net server application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of the.net server application monitor whose report you want to view. The monitor report of.net server appears, as shown in Figure 160. Figure 160 Part of an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named DotNet_ The health status of the.net server application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. 213

221 Monitor Information The Monitor Information area layout is shown in Figure 161. Figure 161 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the.net server application. IP Address IP address of the.net server host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always.net Server. Relationship icon Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the.net server and other applications in a topology view. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the.net server application. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the.net server. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the.net server. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure

222 Figure 162 Availability Today area layout.net Memory The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the.net server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the.net server in the last polling period. To view the availability of the.net server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the.net server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the.net server since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the.net server since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the.net server since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the.net server since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The.NET Memory area shows the CPU usage of Garbage Collector (GC) and the heap size of the.net server. The GC performs garbage collection periodically according to the.net server heap size. If the GC is running abnormally, the performance of the.net server can be degraded. The.NET Memory area layout is shown in Figure

223 Figure 163.NET Memory area layout.net Thread The.NET Memory area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the CPU usage in GC trend graph shows the CPU usage trend of GC over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. CPU usage in GC trend graph Shows the CPU usage trend of GC over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage of GC at the specific time point. Attribute/Data Monitor index name and data. CPU Usage in GC CPU usage of GC in the last polling interval. Heap Memory Heap memory size in the last polling interval. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the heap memory size. The heap memory size is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to for a monitor index to view trend statistics of history CPU usage of GC or heap memory size in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view statistics of the monitor index at the specific time point. The.NET Thread area layout is shown in Figure

224 Figure 164.NET Thread area layout The.NET Thread area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the.net threads trend graph shows the number of.net threads running on the.net server over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area..net threads trend graph Shows changes of the number of.net threads (including physical threads and logical threads) running on the.net server over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of physical or logical threads at the specific time point. Click the icon name of a monitor index to show or hide the monitor index in the graph. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Physical Threads Number of native OS threads created and managed by the.net server to act as underlying threads for.net thread objects in the last polling interval. Logical Threads Number of current.net thread objects created and managed by the.net server in the last polling interval. Total Connections Total number of failure attempts made by the threads in the Common Language Runtime (CLR) to acquire a managed lock in the last polling interval. Thread Queue Length Total number of threads in all the.net applications waiting to acquire a managed lock in the last polling interval. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the number of physical threads. The physical thread data is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for a monitor index to view trend statistics of the physical threads, logical threads, total connections, or thread queue length in a line graph. By 217

225 .NET Abnormablity default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view statistics of the monitor index at the specific time point. The.NET Abnormality area layout is shown in Figure 165. Figure 165.NET Abnormality area layout The.NET Abnormality area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the thrown abnormalities trend graph shows the number of thrown abnormalities over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Thrown abnormalities trend graph Shows the number of thrown abnormalities over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of thrown abnormalities at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Thrown Abnormalities Total number of thrown abnormalities since the.net server started in the last polling interval. History icon Click the History icon to view trend statistics of the number of thrown abnormalities of the.net server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average number of thrown abnormalities. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of thrown abnormalities at the specific time point. 218

226 JIT Just In Time (JIT) is the.net framework just in time compiler which converts the Microsoft Intermediate Language (MSIL) to native code on an as needed basis. CPU usage is a major indicator of JIT. The JIT area layout is shown in Figure 166. Figure 166 JIT area layout The JIT area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the CPU usage in JIT trend graph shows the CPU usage trend of JIT over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. CPU usage in JIT trend graph Shows the CPU usage trend of JIT over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. CPU Usage in JIT CPU usage of JIT in the last polling interval. History icon Click the History icon to view trend statistics of history CPU usage of JIT in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratios. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratios at the specific time point. Security The Security area layout is shown in Figure

227 Figure 167 Security area layout.net Application The Security area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the total checks during runtime trend graph shows changes of the total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks performed by the.net server over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. on the upper right of, Today Total runtime check trend graph Shows changes of the total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks performed by the.net server over the selected time period in a line graph. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the total number of runtime CAS checks at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Total Checks During Runtime Total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks performed by the.net server since the server started in the last polling interval. History icon Click the History icon to view history trend graph of the total number of runtime Code Access Security (CAS) checks in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values of the Total Checks During Runtime monitor index. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the total number of runtime CAS checks at the specific time point. The.NET Application area layout is shown in Figure 168. Figure 168.NET Application area layout The.NET Application area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Name of the application. The Total entry displays the summary information of all applications. 220

228 Waiting Transactions Number of COM+ transactions that are in waiting or suspended states in the last polling interval. Errors Number of errors occurred during processing HTTP requests in the last polling interval, including parser errors, compile errors, and runtime errors. Typically, errors do not occur during normal operation. Requests Number of requests received by the Web applications since the.net server started in the last polling interval. Request Timeouts Number of timed out requests in the Web applications in the last polling interval. Application Queue Requests Number of requests added to the queue since the.net server started in the last polling interval. Sent Request Bytes Number of bytes sent by the Web applications in the last polling interval. Received Request Bytes Number of bytes received by the Web applications in the last polling interval. Active Sessions Number of active sessions in the Web applications in the last polling interval. Transactions Number of COM+ transactions that have started in the Web applications in the last polling interval. Aborted Transactions Number of COM+ transactions aborted in the Web applications in the last polling interval. 221

229 12 Web server monitor Application type Web server monitor can monitor the following types of server: Apache server IIS server PHP This chapter describes how to add these types of application monitor and the details of application monitor reports. Apache server As a stable, powerful, open-source Web server, Apache is widely used in the Internet. APM can monitor Apache 2.X. This section describes how to add an Apache server application monitor and the details of Apache server application monitor reports. Configuring the Apache server APM monitors an Apache server through the Web service port (TCP 80 by default) of the Apache server. To use APM to monitor the Apache server, make sure the Apache server is loaded with the status module (mod_status.so). This section describes how to configure the Apache server and make the server correctly load the status module. 1. Use a file editor to open the Apache configuration file, http.conf. 2. Remove the number sign (#) in the front of the line displaying LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so. 3. Add the following segment to the configuration file: <location /server-status> SetHandler server-status Order Deny,Allow Allow from all </location> ExtendedStatus On If the configuration segment already exists in the configuration file, remove the number sign (#) in the front of the configuration segment, and modify the configuration segment into the segment above. 4. Save the configuration file, and restart the Apache server. Adding an Apache server application monitor When you add an Apache server application monitor, follow these guidelines: Make sure the host installed with the Apache server is already added to the IMC platform. For how to add a host to the IMC platform, IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. 222

230 Make sure the Apache server is loaded with the status module (mod_status.so). For how to configure the Apache server and make the server load the status module, see Configuring the Apache server. To add an Apache server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Apache Server of the Web Server Monitor class. The page for adding an Apache server application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host where the Apache server is installed in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the port through which the Apache server provides Web services. The port is 80 by default. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Application Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the Apache server depends on, and click OK. You can view all the dependent applications of the Apache server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the Apache server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying an Apache server application monitor When you modify an Apache server application monitor, you can modify all parameters except the IP address of the Apache server application monitor. If the IP address of the Apache server changes, you must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an Apache server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 223

231 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the Apache server application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying an Apache server application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Port Enter the Apache Web service port. The port is 80 by default. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Application Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the Apache server depends on, and click OK. To delete dependent applications of the Apache server, select the applications that you want to delete in the Related Application field, and click Delete to the right of the Related Application field. You can view all the dependent applications of the Apache server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the Apache server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the Apache server application monitor report After you add an Apache server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Through the Apache server application monitor report, operators can obtain monitor indexes of the application. To access the Apache server application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an Apache server application monitor whose report you want to view. The Apache server application monitor report appears, as shown in Figure

232 Figure 169 Part of an Apache server application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Apache_ The health status of the Apache server is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 170, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 170 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the Apache server. IP Address IP address of the Apache server. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Apache Server. Port Port through which the Apache server provides Web services. 225

233 Availability Today Version Version of Apache. Service Uptime Uptime of the Apache server when APM last polled the Apache server. Total Bytes Number of bytes of the page requests received by the Apache server when APM last polled the Apache server. Total Accesses Number of page requests received by the Apache server when APM last polled the Apache server. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the Apache server. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the Apache server and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Apache server. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the Apache server. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 171. Figure 171 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the Apache server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the Apache server in the last polling period. To view the availability of the Apache server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that hour. To view the availability of the Apache server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. 226

234 Request Number Available Time Total available time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the Apache server since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Request Number area layout is shown in Figure 172. Figure 172 Request Number area layout The Request Number area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon The per-second request number trend graph shows the trend of the per-second request numbers in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. Per-second request number trend graph Shows the trend of the per-second request numbers in a line chart. To view the per-second request number of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Requests/Sec Average number of requests received by the Apache server per second from the startup time of the Apache server to the time when APM last polled the Apache server. Bytes/Sec Average number of bytes received by the Apache server per second from the startup time of the Apache server to the time when APM last polled the Apache server. Bytes/Request Average size of requests received by the Apache server. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold for a monitor index to set the alarm thresholds for the monitor index. When the level-1 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in yellow. When the level-2 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in red. You can use either user-defined thresholds or the global thresholds. History Record icon Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history monitor index trend for the Apache server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the request number index data is collected at the polling interval of the 227

235 IIS server Apache server. When Yesterday, This week, or This month is selected, the request number index data is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for each index. When This Year is selected, the request number index data is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for each index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. IIS is a Web server developed by Microsoft, and provides Web services on Windows servers. Applications such as Exchange and ASP use the Web services provided by IIS. APM can monitor IIS 6.0 or later versions. This section describes how to add an IIS server application monitor and the details of IIS server application monitor reports. Adding an IIS server application monitor APM monitors the IIS server performance through WMI. When you monitor whether IIS can be normally accessed through the Web service port and add an IIS server application monitor, follow these guidelines: You must configure and enable WMI on the host (Windows server) installed with the IIS server. For how to enable the WMI for the Windows server, see the Windows server online help. Make sure the host installed with the IIS server is already added to the IMC platform. For how to add a host to the IMC platform, IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To monitor the IIS server through WMI, install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To add an IIS server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. Click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click IIS Server of the Web Server Monitor class. The page for adding an IIS server application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host where IIS is installed in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the port through which IIS provides Web services. The port is 80 by default. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. 228

236 Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Username/Password Enter the username and password of the host administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Related Application Click Add. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the IIS server depends on, and click OK. You can view all the dependent applications of the IIS server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the IIS server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying an IIS server application monitor When you modify an IIS server application monitor, you can modify all parameters except the IP address of the IIS server application monitor. If the IP address of the IIS server changes, you must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an IIS server application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the IIS server application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying an IIS server application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Port Enter the IIS Web service port. The port is 80 by default. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Username/Password Enter the username and password of the host administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. 229

237 Related Application Click Add. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that the IIS server depends on, and click OK. To delete dependent applications of the IIS server, select the applications that you want to delete in the Related Application field, and click Delete to the right of the Related Application field. You can view all the dependent applications of the IIS server in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for the IIS server, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the IIS server application monitor report After you add an IIS server application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Through the IIS server application monitor report, operators can obtain monitor indexes of the application. To access the IIS server application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an IIS server application monitor whose report you want to view. The IIS server application monitor report appears, as shown in Figure 173. Figure 173 Part of an IIS server application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named IIS_ The health status of the IIS server is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report contains the multiple areas, as shown in Figure 174, which are described in the following sections. 230

238 Monitor Information Figure 174 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the IIS server. IP Address IP address of the IIS server. Application Type Type of the application, which is always IIS Server. Service Uptime Service uptime of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the IIS server. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the IIS server and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the IIS server. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure

239 Figure 175 Availability Today area layout Connections The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the IIS server today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the IIS server in the last polling period. To view the availability of the IIS server in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the IIS server in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the IIS server since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Connections area layout is shown in Figure

240 Figure 176 Connections area layout The Connections area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon The per-second connection number trend graph shows the trend of the per-second connection numbers in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. Connection number trend graph Shows the connection number trend in a line graph. To view the per-second connection number of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Connections Number of connections between the clients and the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. History Record icon Click the History Data icon to view the trend statistics of the history connection number in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the connection number of the IIS server is collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the connection number of the IIS server is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the connection number of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. HTTP The HTTP area layout is shown in Figure

241 Figure 177 HTTP area layout The HTTP area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour The HTTP response time trend graph shows the trend of the HTTP response time in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. HTTP response time trend graph Shows the trend of the HTTP response time in the last hour by default. To view the HTTP response time of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Access Information Response Time HTTP response time of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. Reachable Whether the IIS server is reachable when APM last polled the IIS server. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set the alarm thresholds for the response time index. With the thresholds enabled, the thresholds are displayed as broken lines in the trend graph: the level-1 threshold is displayed in yellow, and the level-2 threshold is displayed in red. When the level-1 alarm threshold is reached, the response time is highlighted in yellow. When the level-2 alarm threshold is reached, the response time is highlighted in red. You can use either user-defined thresholds or the global thresholds. History Record icon Click the History Data icon to view the statistics of the history HTTP response time trend in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Yesterday, This week, or This month is selected, the response time of the IIS server is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the HTTP response time. When This Year is selected, the HTTP response time of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the HTTP response time. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. The Access Information area layout is shown in Figure

242 Figure 178 Access Information area layout File Information The Access Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon The receive/send rate trend graph shows the trend of the send/receive rates in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. Receive/Send graph Shows the trend of the receive/send rates in the last hour by default. To view the receive/send of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Send Rate Data sending rate of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. Receive Rate Data receiving rate of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. Total Rate Data transmitting rate of the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. The total rate is approximately the sum of the send rate and the receive rate. History Record icon Click the History Data icon for a monitor index to view the statistics of the history access information trend in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the access information of the IIS server is collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the access information of the IIS server are collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the access information of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. The File Information area layout is shown in Figure

243 Figure 179 File Information area layout The File Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon The file send/receive rate trend graph shows the trend of the file send/receive rates in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. File Receive/Send graph Shows the trend of the file receive/send rates in the last hour by default. To view the file receive/send of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Files Sent/Sec Files sent per second by the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. Files Received/Sec Files received per second by the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. Files Processed/Sec Files processed per second by the IIS server when APM last polled the IIS server. The file process rate is approximately the sum of the file sending rate and the file receiving rate. History Record icon Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the history file information trend for the IIS server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the file receive/send of the IIS server is collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the file receive/send rate of the IIS server is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the file receive/send rate of the IIS server is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. 236

244 Anonymous Access The Anonymous Access area layout is shown in Figure 180. Figure 180 Anonymous Access area layout The Anonymous Access area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon The anonymous access trend graph shows the trend of the anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. Anonymous access trend graph Shows the trend of the anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To view the index data of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Anonymous Accesses The number of users accessing the IIS server by using anonymous connections when APM last polled the IIS server. Anonymous Accesses/Sec The number of users accessing the IIS server by using anonymous connections per second when APM last polled the IIS server. History Record icon Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the anonymous access trend for the IIS server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. on 237

245 Non-anonymous Access The Non-anonymous Access area layout is shown in Figure 181. Figure 181 Non-Anonymous Access area layout The Non-Anonymous Access area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour The non-anonymous access trend graph shows the trend of the non-anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. Non-anonymous access trend graph Shows the trend of the non-anonymous accesses in the last hour by default. To view the index data of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Non-Anonymous Accesses The number of users accessing the IIS server by using non-anonymous connections when APM last polled the IIS server. Non-Anonymous Accesses/Sec The number of users accessing the IIS server by using non-anonymous connections per second when APM last polled the IIS server. History Record icon Click the History Record icon for a monitor index to view statistics of the non-anonymous access trend for the IIS server in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the non-anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected at the polling interval of the IIS server. When Today, This week, or This month is selected, the non-anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. When This Year is selected, the non-anonymous accesses of the IIS server are collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the index. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. on 238

246 PHP Hypertext Preprocessor (PHP) is a scripting language embedded in the HTML text, and is usually used to develop Web programs. When a user accesses Web pages developed by using the PHP language, the Web server first delivers the Web pages with the PHP language embedded to the PHP service for parsing, and then sends the parsed pages to the user. APM can monitor the PHP service which is responsible for parsing pages. This section describes how to add a PHP application monitor and the details of PHP application monitor reports. Adding a PHP application monitor APM monitors whether PHP is running properly through the Web service port (TCP 80 by default). APM requests for PHP pages from the Web server, and determines whether the PHP service can normally parse the PHP pages according to the returned results. When you add a PHP application monitor, make sure that the host installed with PHP is already added to the IMC platform. For how to add a host to the IMC platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To add a PHP application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. Click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click PHP of the Web Server Monitor class. The page for adding a PHP application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host where PHP is installed in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the Web service port number, which is 80 by default. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Relative Path Enter the relative path of the PHP page, which starts with a slash (/). The URL of a PHP page is in the format of address>+relative path, for example, where the relative path is /index.php. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Application Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that PHP depends on, and click OK. You can view all the dependent applications of PHP in the application topology. When you select dependent 239

247 applications for PHP, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a PHP application monitor When you modify a PHP application monitor, you can modify all parameters except the IP address of the PHP application monitor. If the IP address of PHP changes, you must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify a PHP application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 2. Click the Modify icon for the PHP application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying a PHP application monitor appears. 3. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Port Enter the Web service port number, which is 80 by default. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Relative Path Enter the relative path of the PHP page, which starts with a slash (/). The URL of a PHP page is in the format of address>+relative path, for example, where the relative path is /index.php. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Application Click Add to the right of the field. The Select Application window appears. Select the applications that PHP depends on, and click OK. To delete dependent applications of PHP, select the applications that you want to delete in the Related Application field, and click Delete to the right of the Related Application field. You can view all the dependent applications of PHP in the application topology. When you select dependent applications for PHP, the operator cannot select operating system applications, including Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not 240

248 select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection. 4. Click OK. Viewing the PHP application monitor report After you add the PHP application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Through the PHP application monitor report, operators can obtain monitor indexes of the application. To access the PHP application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a PHP application monitor whose report you want to view. The PHP application monitor report appears, as shown in Figure 182. Figure 182 Part of a PHP application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named PHP_ The health status of PHP is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 183, which are described in the following sections. 241

249 Monitor Information Figure 183 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of PHP. IP Address IP address of the Web server which can parse PHP. Application Type Type of the application, which is always PHP. Port Port through which the Web server provides services. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the IIS server. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between PHP and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on PHP. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure

250 Figure 184 Availability Today area layout Response Time The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for PHP today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of PHP when APM last polled PHP. To view the availability of PHP in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of PHP in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of PHP since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of PHP since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of PHP since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of PHP since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure

251 Figure 185 Response Time area layout The Response Time area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 hour icon The response time trend graph shows the trend of the response time in the last hour by default. To change the report period, click the Last 1 hour icon on the upper right corner of the graph, and select Last 6 hour, Today, Yesterday, This week, This month, or This year from the list. PHP response time trend graph Shows the trend of the PHP response time in the last hour by default. To view the response time of a sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point of the curve. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Response time of PHP when APM last polled PHP. Response time refers to the length of time it takes for APM to send a request to PHP plus the length of time it takes for APM to receive the PHP response. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set the alarm thresholds for the response time index. With the thresholds enabled, the thresholds are displayed as broken lines in the response time trend graph: the level-1 threshold is displayed in yellow, and the level-2 threshold is displayed in red. When the level-1 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in yellow. When the level-2 alarm threshold is reached, the index value is highlighted in red. You can use either user-defined thresholds or the global thresholds. History Record icon Click the History Record icon for to view statistics of the history response time trend of PHP in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. When Last 1 hour, Last 6 hour, or Today is selected, the PHP response time is collected at the polling interval of PHP. When Yesterday, This week, or This month is selected, the PHP response time is collected in hours. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the PHP response time. When This Year is selected, the PHP response time is collected in days. The statistics include the maximum value, minimum value, and average value for the PHP response time. To view the data of a specific sampling point, place the cursor over the sampling point. 244

252 13 Mail server monitor APM supports monitoring the following mail servers: Exchange Server 2003 Exchange Server 2007 POP3 SMTP This chapter describes how to add and modify mail server application monitors and helps you view relevant monitor reports. Exchange Server 2003 The Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 provides mail services for domain users by cooperating with Active Directory. It supports SMTP, POP3, and IMAP4 mail protocols. This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for Exchange Server 2003 and helps you view the monitor report. Adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor APM monitors the Exchange Server 2003 application only through WMI. When you add the application monitor for Exchange Server 2003, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The Windows Server hosts on which Exchange Server 2003 is installed must be configured and enabled with WMI. For information about enabling WMI for Windows Server, see Microsoft Windows Server online help. The Exchange Server 2003 hosts must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. APM must be installed on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To add an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Exchange 2003 of the Mail Server Monitor class. The page for adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. 245

253 Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host where Exchange Server 2003 is installed in the Select Devices window. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Exchange Service Select the Exchange services whose states are to be monitored by APM. Available services include: Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Microsoft Exchange Event Microsoft Exchange Information Store Microsoft Exchange Management Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Microsoft Exchange Site Replication Service Microsoft Exchange POP3 Microsoft Exchange Routing Engine Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2003 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor. If the IP address of an Exchange Server 2003 host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 246

254 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page appears. 3. Click the Modify icon for the Exchange 2003 application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This parameter cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Exchange Service Select the Exchange services whose states are to be monitored by APM. Available services include: Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Microsoft Exchange Event Microsoft Exchange Information Store Microsoft Exchange Management Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Microsoft Exchange Site Replication Service Microsoft Exchange POP3 Microsoft Exchange Routing Engine Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2003 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Exchange Server 2003 and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection. 247

255 5. Click OK. Viewing the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report After you add an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for Exchange Server 2003 by viewing the monitor report. To access the Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an Exchange 2003 application monitor. The monitor report of Exchange Server 2003 appears, as shown in Figure 186. Figure 186 Part of an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Exchange 2003_ The health status of the Exchange Server 2003 application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 187, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 187 Monitor Information area layout 248

256 Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the Exchange Server 2003 application. IP Address IP address of the Exchange Server 2003 host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Exchange Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the Exchange Server 2003 application. Relationship icon Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the Exchange Server 2003 application and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarms Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Exchange Server 2003 host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Exchange Server The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 188. Figure 188 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Exchange Server 2003 today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of Exchange Server 2003 in the last polling period. To view the availability of Exchange Server 2003 in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. 249

257 IMAP To view the availability of Exchange Server 2003 in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of Exchange Server 2003 since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The IMAP area layout is shown in Figure 189. Figure 189 IMAP area layout The IMAP area contains the following fields: POP Last 1 Hour icon By default, the IMAP connection trend graph shows changes of the IMAP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. IMAP connection trend graph Shows changes of the IMAP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the IMAP connection number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Current Connections Number of IMAP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 in the last polling period. The POP area layout is shown in Figure

258 Figure 190 POP area layout The POP area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the POP connection trend graph shows changes of the POP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. POP connection trend graph Shows changes of the POP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the POP connection number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Current Connections Number of POP connections used by Exchange Server 2003 in the last polling period. Mailbox Exchange Server allows you to organize the Exchange information store into multiple storage groups for mailbox storage and public folder storage management. Storage group A storage group contains log and assistant files to manage the databases that belong to the storage group. An Exchange Server 2003 host supports up to four storage groups, each of which supports up to five databases. Databases apply to mailbox storage and public folder storage. Mailbox storage Stores mailbox data of one or more users. Public folder storage Stores public folder data of one or more users. The Mailbox area shows the mailbox usage of Exchange Server If the Exchange Server 2003 host has multiple mailboxes, this area displays the overall usage of them, as shown in Figure

259 Figure 191 Mailbox area layout Public Folder The Mailbox area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Size Disk space occupied by all mailboxes when APM last polled Exchange Server Rx Queue Length Number of mails in the mailbox receive queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Tx Queue Length Number of mails in the mailbox transmit queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Active Clients Number of clients that operated a mailbox in the last 10 minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server Total Logins Number of clients logging in to the mailboxes when APM last polled Exchange Server The number also includes the system processes. Logins/Sec Number of logon requests to the mailboxes per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Recipients Delivered/Min Number of mails delivered to the recipients per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Delivered/Min Average number of mails delivered from mailboxes to recipients per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Mmessages Sent/Min Average number of mails sent to the mailbox transmit queue per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server The Public Folder area shows the public folder usage of Exchange Server If the Exchange Server 2003 host has multiple public folders, this area displays the overall usage of them, as shown in Figure

260 Figure 192 Public Folder area layout Statistics The Public Folder area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Size Disk space occupied by all public folders when APM last polled Exchange Server Tx Queue Length Number of mails in the public folder storage transmit queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Rx Queue Length Number of mails in the public folder storage receive queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Active Clients Number of clients that operated a public folder in the last 10 minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server Total Logins Number of clients logging in to the public folders when APM last polled Exchange Server The number also includes the system processes. Logins/Min Number of logon requests to the public folders per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Delivered/Min Average number of mails delivered from public folders to recipients per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Received/Min Average number of mails received from public folders per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Sent/Min Average number of mails sent to the public folder transmit queue per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Submitted/Min Average number of mails submitted to public folders per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server The Statistics area monitors storage usage of Exchange Server 2003, as shown in Figure

261 Figure 193 Statistics area layout The Statistics area contains the following fields: SRS Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Active Connections Number of connections to a mailbox or public folder in the last 10 minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server Connections Number of client connections to the Exchange information store when APM last polled Exchange Server Active Users Number of users that have performed operations in the last 10 minutes when APM last polled Exchange Server The SRS area monitors replications between Exchange Server 2003 servers. The site replication service performs replications between multiple Exchange Server 2003 servers to reduce the server load. The SRS area layout is shown in Figure 194. Figure 194 SRS area layout The SRS area contains the following fields: AL Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Uncompleted Replications Number of replications between sites that have not been completed in the queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Left Replication Updates Number of received replication updates that have not been applied to the local server when APM last polled Exchange Server The AL area monitors accesses to the address list of Exchange Server The AL area layout is shown in Figure

262 Figure 195 AL area layout The AL area contains the following fields: ES Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Address List Queue Length Address list queue length when APM last polled Exchange Server The ES area monitors notifications or events of Exchange Server The ES area layout is shown in Figure 196. Figure 196 ES area layout MTA Statistics The ES area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Notification Queue Number of notifications to be processed in the queue when APM last polled Exchange Server The MTA Statistics area monitors operation of the Message Transport Agent (MTA) of Exchange Server The MTA area layout is shown in Figure 197. Figure 197 MTA Statistics area layout The MTA Statistics area contains the following fields: 255

263 TD Statistics Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Working Queue Length Number of mails that have not been processed by MTA in the working queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Bytes/Min Number of bytes of mails processed by MTA per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Bytes Received/Min Number of bytes received by MTA through TCP/IP connections per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Bytes Sent/Min Number of bytes sent by MTA through TCP/IP connections per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Recipient Queues Total number of recipients of all mails in MTA when APM last polled Exchange Server Working Queue Bytes Total number of bytes of all mails in MTA when APM last polled Exchange Server The TD Statistics area monitors operation of the transport driver of Exchange Server The TD area layout is shown in Figure 198. Figure 198 TD Statistics area layout The TD Statistics area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Message to Send Number of mails delivered to the message database (MDB) when APM last polled Exchange Server MDB is a database instance of Exchange Server MDB can be identified as mailbox or public folder storage based on the stored data type. Message from MTA to IS Number of mails delivered from MTA to information storage (IS) when APM last polled Exchange Server Message from IS to MTA Number of mails delivered from IS to MTA when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Received/Min Number of mails received by Exchange Server 2003 per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server

264 Messages Sent/Min Number of mails sent by Exchange Server 2003 per minute when APM last polled Exchange Server Host Cache Hits Number of cache hits when APM last polled Exchange Server Service The Service area can monitor the following Exchange Server 2003 services: Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Microsoft Exchange Event Microsoft Exchange Information Store Microsoft Exchange Management Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Microsoft Exchange Site Replication Service Microsoft Exchange POP3 Microsoft Exchange Routing Engine Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) If one or more services are not selected when the Exchange Server 2003 monitor was added, they cannot be monitored. For more information, see "Adding an Exchange Server 2003 application monitor." The Service area layout is shown in Figure 199. Figure 199 Service area layout SMTP Statistics The Service area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Service Name Original name of the service. Display Name Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the Exchange Server 2003 MTA service uses the alias Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks rather than the original name MSExchangeMTA. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly. State Service state when APM last polled Exchange Server The SMTP Statistics area layout is shown in Figure 200. Figure 200 SMTP Statistics area layout The SMTP Statistics area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. 257

265 Inbound Connections Inbound SMTP connections when APM last polled Exchange Server Outbound Connections Outbound SMTP connections when APM last polled Exchange Server Local Retry Queue Length Retry queue length of mails delivered locally when APM last polled Exchange Server Local Queue Length Queue length of mails delivered locally when APM last polled Exchange Server Remote Retry Queue Length Retry queue length of mails delivered to the external mail system when APM last polled Exchange Server Remote Queue Length Queue length of mails delivered to the external mail system when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages to Route Number of mails to route when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Sent Number of mails processed by Exchange Server 2003 and delivered locally when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Unsent Number of mails failed to be delivered when APM last polled Exchange Server Classified Queue Length Number of mails in the classified queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Exchange Server 2007 The Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 provides mail services for domain users by cooperating with Active Directory. It supports SMTP, POP3, and IMAP4 mail protocols. This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for Exchange Server 2007 and helps you view the monitor report. Adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor APM monitors the Exchange Server 2007 application only through WMI. When you add the application monitor for Exchange Server 2007, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The Windows Server hosts on which Exchange Server 2007 is installed must be configured and enabled with WMI. For information about enabling WMI for Windows Server, see Microsoft Windows Server online help. The Exchange Server 2007 hosts must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. APM must be installed on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To add an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. 258

266 Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Exchange 2007 of the Mail Server Monitor class. The page for adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host where Exchange Server 2007 is installed in the Select Devices window. For information about selecting a host, see "xxx." Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Exchange Service Select the Exchange services whose states are to be monitored by APM. Available services include: Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology Microsoft Exchange Anti-spam Update Microsoft Exchange EdgeSync Microsoft Exchange File Distribution Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Microsoft Exchange Information Store Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission Microsoft Exchange Monitoring Microsoft Exchange POP3 Microsoft Exchange Replication Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer Microsoft Exchange Service Host Microsoft Exchange Transport Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search Microsoft Exchange Unified Messaging Microsoft Search (Exchange) Microsoft Exchange ADAM Microsoft Exchange Edge Credential Service 259

267 Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2007 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor. If the IP address of an Exchange Server 2007 host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page appears. 3. Click the Modify icon for the Exchange 2007 application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This parameter cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Enter the password of the administrator. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Exchange Service Select the Exchange services whose states are to be monitored by APM. Available services include: Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology Microsoft Exchange Anti-spam Update Microsoft Exchange EdgeSync Microsoft Exchange File Distribution 260

268 Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Microsoft Exchange Information Store Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission Microsoft Exchange Monitoring Microsoft Exchange POP3 Microsoft Exchange Replication Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer Microsoft Exchange Service Host Microsoft Exchange Transport Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search Microsoft Exchange Unified Messaging Microsoft Search (Exchange) Microsoft Exchange ADAM Microsoft Exchange Edge Credential Service Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that Exchange Server 2007 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between Exchange Server 2007 application one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor report After you add an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes of the Exchange Server 2007 by viewing the monitor report. To access the Exchange Server 2007 application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an Exchange 2007 application monitor. The monitor report of Exchange Server 2007 appears, as shown in Figure

269 Figure 201 Part of an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Exchange 2007_ The health status of the Exchange Server 2007 application is Healthy rather than the Healthy icon. If another health status icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 202, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 202 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the Exchange Server 2007 application. IP Address IP address of the Exchange Server 2007 host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Exchange Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the Exchange Server 2007 application. Relationship icon Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the Exchange Server 2007 application and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarms Latest five unrecovered alarms on the Exchange Server 2007 host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by Exchange Server

270 Availability Today The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 203. Figure 203 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: IMAP4 Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for Exchange Server 2007 today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period. To view the availability of Exchange Server 2007 in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of Exchange Server 2007 in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of Exchange Server 2007 since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The IMAP4 area layout is shown in Figure

271 Figure 204 IMAP4 area layout The IMAP4 area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the IMAP4 connection trend graph shows changes of the IMAP4 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. IMAP4 connection trend graph Shows changes of the IMAP4 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the IMAP4 connection number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Current IMAP4 Connections Number of IMAP4 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the IMAP4 connection number. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the IMAP4 connection trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The IMAP4 connection number is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history IMAP4 connection changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average IMAP4 connection numbers. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view IMAP4 connection numbers at the specific time point. POP3 The POP3 area layout is shown in Figure

272 Figure 205 POP3 area layout SMTP Send The POP3 area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the POP3 connection trend graph shows changes of the POP3 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. POP3 connection trend graph Shows changes of the POP3 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the POP3 connection number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Current POP3 Connections Number of POP3 connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the POP3 connection number. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the IMAP4 connection trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The POP3 connection number is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history POP3 connection changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average POP3 connection numbers. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view POP3 connection numbers at the specific time point. The SMTP Send area layout is shown in Figure

273 Figure 206 SMTP Send area layout The SMTP Send area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the SMTP Send trend graph shows changes of the outbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. SMTP Send connection trend graph Shows changes of the outbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the outbound SMTP connection number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Connections Number of outbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period. Messages Sent/Sec Number of mails sent per second by the SMTP service used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period. Action Click an icon to perform relevant operation: Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the outbound SMTP connection number or message send rate. The index value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for an index to view statistics of history changes to the outbound SMTP connection number or message send rate in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view connection number or send rate values at the specific time point. 266

274 SMTP Receive The SMTP Receive area layout is shown in Figure 207. Figure 207 SMTP Receive area layout The SMTP Receive area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the SMTP Receive trend graph shows changes of the inbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. SMTP Receive connection trend graph Shows changes of the inbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the inbound SMTP connection number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Connections Number of inbound SMTP connections used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period. Messages Received/Sec Number of mails received per second by the SMTP service used by Exchange Server 2007 in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the inbound SMTP connection number or messages receive rate. The index value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon for an index to view statistics of history changes to the inbound SMTP connection number or message receive rate in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view connection number or receive rate values at the specific time point. 267

275 Buffer State The Buffer State area layout is shown in Figure 208. Figure 208 Buffer State area layout The Buffer State area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Transmit Queue State Uncompleted RPC Requests Number of RPC requests that have not been processed when APM last polled Exchange Server RPC Requests Sent/Sec Number of RPC requests sent per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Average Delay Average delay of RPC requests when APM last polled Exchange Server Active Connections Number of active connections in all ConnectionCaches when APM last polled Exchange Server Idle Connections Number of idle connections in all ConnectionCaches when APM last polled Exchange Server Connections Number of ConnectionCaches on the Exchange Server 2007 host when APM last polled Exchange Server Buffer Capability Total volume of ConnectionCaches on the Exchange Server 2007 host when APM last polled Exchange Server The AL area layout is shown in Figure

276 Figure 209 Transmit Queue State area layout The Transmit Queue State area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Availability Service Active Mailbox Queue Length Number of mails in the active mailbox transmit queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Message for Delivery/Sec Number of items to be delivered per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages for Delivery/Sec Number of mails added to the mailbox transmit queue and to be delivered per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Mailbox Redelivery Queue Length Number of mails in the redelivery queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Remote Redelivery Queue Length Number of mails to be delivered in the remote redelivery queue when APM last polled Exchange Server Messages Submitted/Sec Number of mails added to the submit queue per second when APM last polled Exchange Server The Availability Service area offers secure, consistent, and latest availability service information to hosts running Microsoft Office Outlook for time scheduling. The Availability Service area layout is shown in Figure 210. Figure 210 Availability Service area layout The Availability Service area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Session Hits/Sec Number of session hits in the mailbox per second when APM last polled Exchange Server

277 Active Directory Access State The Active Directory Access State area layout is shown in Figure 211. Figure 211 Active Directory Access State area layout Availability State The Active Directory Access State area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Buffer Hits/Sec Number of active directory buffer hits per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Buffer Failures/Sec Number of active directory buffer hit failures per second when APM last polled Exchange Server LDAP Queries/Sec Number of LDAP query requests sent by Exchange Server 2007 per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Uncompleted Asynchronous Reads Number of LDAP asynchronous read requests that have not been completed by Exchange Server 2007 when APM last polled Exchange Server The Availability State area layout is shown in Figure 212. Figure 212 Availability State area layout The Availability State area contains the following fields: Service Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Available Requests/Sec Number client requests received by the availability service per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Public Folder Queries/Sec Number of client requests to get the availability information from public folders per second when APM last polled Exchange Server Public Folder Request Failures/Sec Number of client request failures to get the availability information from public folders per second when APM last polled Exchange Server The Service area monitors the following Exchange Server 2007 services: 270

278 Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology Microsoft Exchange Anti-spam Update Microsoft Exchange EdgeSync Microsoft Exchange File Distribution Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Microsoft Exchange Information Store Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission Microsoft Exchange Monitoring Microsoft Exchange POP3 Microsoft Exchange Replication Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer Microsoft Exchange Service Host Microsoft Exchange Transport Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search Microsoft Exchange Unified Messaging Microsoft Search (Exchange) Microsoft Exchange ADAM Microsoft Exchange Edge Credential Service If one or more services are not selected when the Exchange Server 2007 monitor was added, they cannot be monitored. For more information, see "Adding an Exchange Server 2007 application monitor." The Service area layout is shown in Figure 213. Figure 213 Service area layout The Service area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Service Name Original name of the service. Display Name Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the Exchange Server 2007 MTA service uses the alias Microsoft Exchange MTA Stacks rather than the original name MSExchangeMTA. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly. 271

279 POP3 State Service state when APM last polled Exchange Server More Click More to view status of all services that are being monitored. The Post Office Protocol with version 3 (POP3) enables local clients to retrieve mail messages from a remote mail server to their local hosts for management. Most mail servers support POP3. This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for POP3, and helps you view the monitor report. Adding a POP3 application monitor APM monitor the POP3 application through the POP3 service port (110 by default). When you add a POP3 application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The host that provides the POP3 service to be monitored must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. Obtain the mailbox username and password. To add a POP3 application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click POP3 of the Mail Server Monitor class. The page for adding a POP3 application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host that provides the POP3 service in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the POP3 service port. The default value is 110. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the mailbox username and password. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that POP3 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. 272

280 Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a POP3 application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a POP3 application monitor. If the IP address of a POP3 host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify a POP3 application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page appears. 3. Click the Modify icon for the POP3 application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the POP3 application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This parameter cannot be modified. Port Enter the POP3 service port. The default value is 110. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the mailbox username and password. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that POP3 depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between POP3 and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to modify the application monitor based on the verification result. APM modifies the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will modify the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. 273

281 Viewing the POP3 application monitor report After you add a POP3 application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for POP3 by viewing the monitor report. To access the POP3 application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a POP3 application monitor. The monitor report of POP3 appears, as shown in Figure 214. Figure 214 Part of a POP3 application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named POP3_ The health status of the POP3 application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report contains multiple areas, as shown in Figure 215, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 215 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: 274

282 Availability Today Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the POP3 application. IP Address IP address of the POP3 host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always POP3. Port POP3 service port. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the POP3 application. Top5 Unrecovered Alarms Latest five unrecovered alarms on the POP3 host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by POP3. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 216. Figure 216 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for POP3 today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the POP3 service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the POP3 service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. 275

283 Response Time To view the availability of the POP3 service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the POP3 service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure 217. Figure 217 Response Time area layout The Response Time area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows the response time changes for the POP3 service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. POP3 response time trend graph Shows changes of the round trip response time for the POP3 service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the POP3 service in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the POP3 service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes for the POP3 service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling 276

284 interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response time values at the specific time point. SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is an Internet standard protocol for transmission between source and destination addresses. Most mail servers support SMTP. This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for SMTP, and helps you view the monitor report. Adding an SMTP application monitor APM monitor the SMTP application through the SMTP service port (25 by default). When you add an SMTP application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The host that provides the SMTP service to be monitored must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. Obtain the username and password used to access the SMTP service if the service requires identity authentication. To add an SMTP application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click SMTP of the Mail Server Monitor class. The page for adding an SMTP application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host that provides the SMTP service in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the SMTP service port. The default value is 25. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the username and password for identity authentication of SMTP. Address Enter a valid address that is located on the host that provides the SMTP service. For example, apm@imc.com. APM uses the address to send and receive a test mail. 277

285 Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that SMTP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying an SMTP application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an SMTP application monitor. If the IP address of an SMTP host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an SMTP application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page appears. 3. Click the Modify icon for the SMTP application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the SMTP application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the target host that provides the SMTP service in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the SMTP service port. The default value is 25. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the username and password for identity authentication of SMTP. Address Enter a valid address that is located on the host that provides the SMTP service. For example, apm@imc.com. APM uses the address to send and receive a test mail. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that SMTP depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. 278

286 Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the SMTP application monitor report After you add an SMTP application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes for SMTP by viewing the monitor report. To access the SMTP application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an SMTP application monitor. The monitor report of SMTP appears, as shown in Figure 218. Figure 218 Part of an SMTP application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named SMTP_ The health status of the SMTP application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 219, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. 279

287 Monitor Information Figure 219 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the SMTP application. IP Address IP address of the SMTP host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always SMTP. Port SMTP service port. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the SMTP application. Top5 Unrecovered Alarms Latest five unrecovered alarms on the SMTP host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by SMTP. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 220. Figure 220 Availability Today area layout 280

288 Response Time The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for SMTP today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the SMTP service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the SMTP service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the SMTP service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the SMTP service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure 221. Figure 221 Response Time area layout The Response Time area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows the response time changes for the SMTP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. SMTP response time trend graph Shows changes of the round trip response time for the SMTP service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the SMTP service in the last polling period. 281

289 Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the SMTP service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes for the SMTP service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response time values at the specific time point. 282

290 14 Web service monitor APM supports monitoring the following types of Web services: RESTful Web service SOAP-based Web service This chapter describes how to add and modify Web service monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports. RESTful Web service Representational State Transfer (REST) is a predominant Web service design model and typically applies to HTTP-based APIs. A Web API or service that complies with constraints of REST architecture is called "RESTful Web service." APM can monitor the running status of RESTful Web services. This chapter describes how to add and modify an application monitor for a RESTful Web service, and helps you view the monitor report. Adding a RESTful Web service application monitor APM monitors a RESTful Web service through the HTTP port that service uses. When you add a RESTful Web service application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The host on which the RESTful Web service is located must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. Obtain the username and password to access the RESTful Web service to be monitored if the service requires identity authentication. To add an application monitor for the RESTful Web service: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click REST Service of the Web Service Monitor class. The page for adding a RESTful Web service application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the RESTful Web service is located in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the HTTP port that the RESTful Web service uses. 283

291 Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the username and password used to access the RESTful Web service if the service requires identity authentication. Path Enter the URL of the RESTful Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the RESTful Web service is available by accessing the specified URL. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the RESTful Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a RESTful Web service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a RESTful Web service application monitor. If the IP address of a RESTful Web service host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. To modify a RESTful Web service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the RESTful Web service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the RESTful Web service application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Port Enter the listening port of the RESTful Web service on the Web server. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the username and password used to access the RESTful Web service if the service requires identity authentication. 284

292 Path Enter the URL for the RESTful Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the RESTful Web service is available by accessing the specified URL. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the RESTful Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the RESTful Web service application monitor report To access the RESTful Web service application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a RESTful Web service application monitor. The monitor report of RESTful Web service appears, as shown in Figure 222. Figure 222 Part of a RESTful Web service application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named REST_ The health status of the application is Critical, and you can click the icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 223, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. 285

293 Monitor Information Figure 223 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the RESTful Web service. IP Address IP address of the host on which the RESTful Web service is located. Application Type Type of the application, which is always REST Service. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the RESTful Web service. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the RESTful Web service and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the RESTful Web service. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the RESTful Web service. The availability Today area layout is shown in Figure

294 Figure 224 Availability Today area layout Response Time The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for RESTful Web service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the RESTful Web service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the RESTful Web service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of The RESTful Web service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the RESTful Web service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure

295 Figure 225 Response time area layout The Response Time area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the response time of the RESTful Web service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Response time trend graph By default, the graph shows changes of the response time of the RESTful Web service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the RESTful Web service in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History Record icon Click the History Record icon to view statistics of the history response time trend of the RESTful Web service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response times of the service at the specific time point. SOAP-based Web service Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) is used by Web services for exchanging XML messages typically through HTTP and SMTP. APM can monitor the running status of SOAP-based Web services. This chapter describes how to add and modify an application monitor for a SOAP-based Web service, and helps you view the monitor report. 288

296 Adding a SOAP-based Web service application monitor APM monitors a SOAP-based Web service through the HTTP port that service uses. When you add a SOAP-based Web service application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The host on which the SOAP-based Web service you want to monitor is located must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. Obtain the username and password used to access the SOAP-based Web service if the service requires identity authentication. To add an application monitor for the SOAP-based Web service: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click SOAP Service of the Web Service Monitor class. The page for adding a SOAP-based Web service application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where SOAP-based Web service is located in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the HTTP port used by the SOAP-based Web service. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the username and password used to access the SOAP-based Web service if the service requires identity authentication. Path Enter the URL of the SOAP-based Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the SOAP-based Web service is available by accessing the specified URL. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SOAP-based Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 289

297 5. Click OK. Modifying a SOAP-based Web service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a SOAP-based Web service application monitor. If the IP address of a SOAP-based Web service host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. To modify a SOAP-based Web service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the SOAP-based Web service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the SOAP-based Web service application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Port Enter the HTTP port used by SOAP-based Web service. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Username/Password Enter the username and password used to access the SOAP-based Web service if the service requires identity authentication. Path Enter the URL of the SOAP-based Web service. Do not include the IP address or port information in the URL. APM determines whether the SOAP-based Web service is available by accessing the specified URL. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SOAP-based Web service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. 290

298 Viewing the SOAP-based Web service application monitor report To access the SOAP-based Web service application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a SOAP-based Web service application monitor. The monitor report of SOAP-based Web service appears, as shown in Figure 226. Figure 226 Part of a SOAP-based Web service application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named SOAP_ The health status of the application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 227, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 227 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. 291

299 Availability Today Health State Health status of the SOAP-based Web service. IP Address IP address of the host on which the SOAP-based Web service is located. Application Type Type of the application, which is always SOAP Service. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the SOAP-based Web service. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the SOAP-based Web service and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the SOAP-based Web service. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the SOAP-based Web service. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 228. Figure 228 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for SOAP-based Web service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the SOAP-based Web service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the SOAP-based Web service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the SOAP-based Web service in the last 30 days, click the Weekly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today. 292

300 Response Time Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the SOAP-based Web service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure 229. Figure 229 Response time area layout The Response Time area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the response time of the SOAP-based Web service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Response time trend graph By default, the graph shows changes of the round trip response time of the SOAP-based Web service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the service response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the SOAP-based Web service in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the service response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History Record icon Click the History Record icon to view statistics of the history response time trend of the SOAP-based Web service in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected 293

301 in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view response times of the service at the specific time point. 294

302 15 LDAP service monitor APM supports monitoring the following LDAP services: Active Directory service LDAP service This chapter describes how to add and modify LDAP service application monitors and helps you view relevant monitor reports. Active Directory service Active Directory (AD) is a directory service developed based on Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) to run on the Windows Server operating systems. Administrators can easily locate the objects stored in the AD. APM supports monitoring the running status of the AD service. This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for the AD service and helps you view the monitor report. Adding an AD service application monitor APM monitors the AD service through WMI. When you add an AD application monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The hosts running AD must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. APM must be installed on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To add an AD service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Active Directory of the LDAP Service Monitor class. The page for adding an AD service application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the AD service to be monitored is located in the Select Devices window. 295

303 Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Username Enter the username of the administrator who can manage the host (Windows Server) where the AD service is located. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Enter the password of the administrator. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the AD service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying an AD service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an AD service application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the AD service is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the AD service. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an AD service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the AD service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the AD service application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Modify the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Modify the description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Contact Modify the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. 296

304 Username Modify the username of the administrator who can manage the host (Windows Server) where the AD service is located. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password Modify the password of the administrator. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the AD service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the AD service application monitor report To access the AD service application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an AD service application monitor. The monitor report of the AD service appears, as shown in Figure 230. Figure 230 Part of an AD service application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Active Directory_ The health status of the application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report, shown in Figure 231, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. 297

305 Monitor Information Figure 231 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the AD service. IP Address IP address of the AD service host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Active Directory. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the AD service. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between AD service and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the AD service host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the AD service. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 232. Figure 232 Availability Today area layout 298

306 Network Monitor The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the AD service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the AD service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the AD service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the AD service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the AD service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Network Monitor area layout is shown in Figure 233. Figure 233 Network Monitor area layout The Network Monitor area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the ABClient sessions trend graph shows changes of the ABClient session number for the AD service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. 299

307 Database ABClient sessions trend graph Shows changes of the ABClient session number for the AD service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the session number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. ABClient Sessions Number of connected ABClient sessions of the AD service in the last APM polling period. DS Notification Queue Size Number of pending update notifications that have been queued but not yet sent to clients in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the network monitor index data in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average network monitor index data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the network monitor index data at the specific time point. The database of the AD service is the ntds.dit file, which is the core of the AD service and stores large amount of domain data. The Database area layout is shown in Figure 234. Figure 234 Database area layout The Database area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the ntds.dit file size trend graph shows changes of the file size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Database file size trend graph Shows changes of the ntds.dit file size over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the file size at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. File Size Size of the ntds.dit file in the last APM polling period. 300

308 NTFRS Process History icon Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the ntds.dit file size in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average file sizes. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the file size at the specific time point. The NTFRS process refers to the File Replication Service of AD. It is used for file synchronization among multiple domain controllers (DCs) deployed with AD, ensuring global synchronization of domain accounts and user configuration files. The NTFRS Process area layout is shown in Figure 235. Figure 235 NTFRS Process area layout The NTFRS Process area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the CPU usage ratio trend graph shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. CPU usage ratio trend graph Shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. CPU Usage Ratio CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process in the last APM polling period. Handles Total number of handles opened by the NTFRS process in the last APM polling period. 301

309 LSASS Process IO Read Rate Rate at which the NTFRS process is reading data from I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os. IO Write Rate Rate at which the NTFRS process is writing data to I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage ratio trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the history statistics of the CPU usage ratio of the NTFRS process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratio. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. The Local Security Authority Subsystem Service (LSASS) process of the Windows operating system processes authentication requests and permits/denies user accesses. It processes domain logins from users in AD. The LSASS Process area layout is shown in Figure 236. Figure 236 LSASS Process area layout The LSASS Process area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the CPU usage ratio trend graph shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options 302

310 Performance include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. CPU usage ratio trend graph Shows changes of CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. CPU Usage Ratio CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process in the last APM polling period. Handles Total number of handles opened by the LSASS process in the last APM polling period. IO Read Rate Rate at which the LSASS process is reading data from I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os. IO Write Rate Rate at which the LSASS process is writing data to I/O operations in the last APM polling period. The I/O activity includes network, file, and device I/Os. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the CPU usage ratio trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The data is highlighted in yellow when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the CPU usage ratio reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the history statistics of the CPU usage ratio of the LSASS process in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average CPU usage ratio. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the CPU usage ratio at the specific time point. The Performance area layout is shown in Figure

311 Figure 237 Performance area layout The Performance area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the performance trend graph shows changes of directory reads/writes per second over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Performance trend graph Shows changes of directory reads/writes per second over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the detailed data at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Client Bindings/Sec Number of DC-to-client bindings per second in the last APM polling period. Server Bindings/Sec Number of DC-to-DC bindings per second in the last APM polling period. Directory Reads/Sec Number of reads from directory per second in the last APM polling period. Directory Writes/Sec Number of writes to directory per second in the last APM polling period. Kerberos Authentications Number of times per second that clients use a ticket to this DC to authenticate to this DC in the last APM polling period. NTLM Authentications Number of NTLM authentications serviced by this DC per second in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the AD performance index data in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To 304

312 change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average performance index data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the performance index data at the specific time point. Copy Statistics The Copy Statistics area layout is shown in Figure 238. Figure 238 Copy Statistics area layout The Copy Statistics area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the inbound/outbound object trend graph shows changes of the number of inbound/outbound objects per second over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Inbound/Outbound object trend graph Shows changes of the number of inbound/outbound objects per second over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of inbound/outbound objects per second at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Copied Objects/Sec Rate at which replication updates received from ADs are applied by the local AD in the last APM polling period. This counter excludes changes that are received but not applied. Left Objects/Sec Number of object updates received in the current directory replication update packet that have not yet been applied to the local AD in the last APM polling period. 305

313 LDAP Statistics Inbound Objects/Sec Number of objects received per second from other ADs through inbound replication in the last APM polling period. Outbound Objects/Sec Number of objects sent per second to other ADs through outbound replication in the last APM polling period. Inbound Rate Inbound replication rate of the current AD in the last APM polling period. Outbound Rate Outbound replication rate of the current AD in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view the history replication statistics in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average replication statistics data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the replication statistics data at the specific time point. The LDAP Statistics are shown in Figure 239. Figure 239 LDAP Statistics area layout The LDAP Statistics area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the LDAP statistics trend graph shows changes of the number of active LDAP threads/ldap client sessions over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. 306

314 LDAP statistics trend graph Shows changes of the number of active LDAP threads/ldap client sessions over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the number of active LDAP threads/ldap client sessions at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Active Directory Service Active LDAP Threads Number of threads used by the LDAP subsystem in the last APM polling period. LDAP Binding Time Time used for the last LDAP binding in the last APM polling period. LDAP Client Sessions Number of currently connected LDAP client sessions in the last APM polling period. LDAP Searches/Sec Number of searches performed by LDAP clients per second in the last APM polling period. LDAP UDP Operations/Sec Number of UDP operations processed by the LDAP subsystem per second in the last APM polling period. LDAP Writes/Sec Number of writes performed by LDAP clients per second in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view the history LDAP statistics in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average LDAP statistics data. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the LDAP statistics data at the specific time point. APM can obtain the service information on the server where AD is located through WMI parameters. When monitoring the AD service, APM monitors the following services that are closely related to the proper operation of AD: Windows Time DNS Client File Replication Service Intersite Messaging Kerberos Key Distribution Center Security Accounts Manager Server Workstation Remote Procedure Call Net Logon The names of these services are display names. Operators can view the services on the service console of the server where AD is located. The Active Directory Service area layout is shown in Figure

315 Figure 240 Active Directory Service area layout The Active Directory Service area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Service Name Original name of the service. Display Name Service name or alias displayed on the Windows service console. For example, on the Windows service console, the DNS client service uses the alias DNS Client rather than the original name DNScache. Typically, the display name identifies a service more clearly. State Service state in the last APM polling period. A service whose state is not Running might cause abnormality of the AD service. LDAP service LDAP is an application protocol based on TCP/IP for querying and modifying directory services. An LDAP directory is organized with a tree structure. Each entry in it has a Distinguished Name (DN) and consists of a set of attributes. Common LDAP implementations include Active Directory, Novell Directory Service, and OpenLDAP. This section describes how to add and modify the application monitor for the LDAP service and helps you view the monitor report. Adding an LDAP service application monitor APM monitors the running state of the LDAP service through the LDAP service port (TCP port 389 by default). When you add an LDAP service application monitor, follow these guidelines: Make sure the host providing LDAP services has been added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. The username and password for the LDAP service must be provided. APM uses the LDAP username and password to access the LDAP service. To add an LDAP service application monitor: 308

316 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click LDAP of the LDAP Service Monitor class. The page for adding an LDAP service application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host on which the LDAP service application will be monitored in the Select Devices window. Port Enter the port that the LDAP service uses. The default is TCP port 389. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Username Enter the LDAP username. For example, if user test in the domain imc.com belongs to Organization Unit (OU) apm, you must enter cn=test, ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com for Username. The username format varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual. Password Enter the password of the LDAP user. Search Filter Enter the criteria for filtering queried entries. For example, if you enter cn=*, entries with any name are displayed. You can set the AND or OR relationship between multiple criteria. The AND or OR relationship setting varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual. Search Base Enter the basic directory for query. For example, if you enter ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com, APM queries only entries of OU apm in the domain imc.com. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the LDAP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. 309

317 Modifying an LDAP service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an LDAP service application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the LDAP service is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the LDAP service. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an LDAP service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the LDAP service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the LDAP service application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Modify the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Modify the description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Port Modify the port that the LDAP service uses. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Username Modify the LDAP username. For example, if user test in the domain imc.com belongs to OU apm, you must enter cn=test, ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com for Username. The username format varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual. Password Modify the password of the LDAP user. Query Filter Modify the criteria for filtering queried entries. For example, if you enter cn=*, entries with any name are displayed. You can set the AND or OR relationship between multiple criteria. The AND or OR relationship setting varies with LDAP products. For more information, see the relevant product manual. Search Base Modify the basic directory for query. For example, if you enter ou=apm, dc=imc, dc=com, APM queries only entries of OU apm in the domain imc.com. Contact Modify the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the LDAP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds 310

318 the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the LDAP service application monitor report After you add the LDAP service application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes of the LDAP service by viewing the monitor report. To access the LDAP service application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an LDAP service application monitor. The monitor report of the LDAP service application appears, as shown in Figure 241. Figure 241 Part of an LDAP service application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Ldap_ The health status of the application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 242, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. 311

319 Monitor Information Figure 242 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the LDAP service. IP Address IP address of the LDAP service host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always LDAP. Port Port used by the LDAP service. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the LDAP service. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between AD service and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the LDAP service host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the LDAP service. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure

320 Figure 243 Availability Today area layout Login Details The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the LDAP service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the LDAP service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the LDAP service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the LDAP service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the LDAP service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. APM uses the username and password configured in the LDAP service application monitor to access the LDAP service at every polling interval. The Login Details area layout is shown in Figure

321 Figure 244 Login Details area layout Search Details The Login Details area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the login time trend graph shows changes of the login time of the LDAP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Login time trend graph Shows changes of the login time of the LDAP service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the login time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Login Time Time taken for APM to pass the LDAP authentication by using the LDAP username and password in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the LDAP service login time in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average login times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the login time at the specific time point. After passing the LDAP authentication, APM queries all entries of the Search Base according to the Search Base and query filter configured in the LDAP service application monitor. The Search Details area layout is shown in Figure 245. Figure 245 Search Details area layout The Search Details area contains the following fields: 314

322 Search Result Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the search details trend graph shows changes of the search time and response time of the LDAP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Search details trend graph Shows changes of the search time and response time of the LDAP service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the search time and response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Search Time Time taken for APM to query all entries passing the query filter in the Search Base and obtain the query result in the last APM polling period. Response Time Time taken for APM to access the LDAP service and complete a query in the last APM polling period. The response time approximately equals login time plus search time. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Search Details trend graph as dotted lines. The data is highlighted in yellow when the response time reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when the response time reaches the level-2 threshold. You can either use the global thresholds or self-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the LDAP service search time/response time in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average search times/response times. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the search time/response time at the specific time point. The Query Result area, as shown in Figure 246, shows the statistics of the entries passing the query filter in Search Base. Figure 246 Search Result area layout The Search Result area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. 315

323 Last 1 Hour icon By default, the search result trend graph shows changes of the entry number of the LDAP service over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Search result trend graph Shows changes of the entry number of the LDAP service over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the entry number at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Rows Number of entries passing the query filter in the Search Base in the last APM polling period. Result Result (successful or not) of the query for entries passing the query filter in the Search Base in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view the statistics of the history of the LDAP service search result in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average entry numbers. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the entry number at the specific time point. 316

324 16 File/Directory monitor File APM provides the file system monitoring function that monitors the following types of applications: File Directory This chapter describes how to add and modify file/directory application monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports. APM can monitor the size and last modification time of individual files on Windows, UNIX, and Linux operating systems. This section describes how to add a file application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report. Adding a file application monitor APM can monitor files through CLI or WMI. When you add a file application monitor, follow these guidelines: To monitor a file on a Windows host, first enable and configure WMI for Windows Server (see the Microsoft Windows Server online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To monitor a file on a Linux or UNIX host, first enable Telnet or SSH for the host (see the Linux configuration guide), and configure the Telnet or SSH username and password on both the host and the IMC Platform. The Telnet or SSH user must have the administrator privilege. Make sure the host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To add a file application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click File of the File/Directory Monitor class. The page for adding a file application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. 317

325 IP Address Click Select and select the host where the file to be monitored is located in the Select Devices window. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include WMI and CLI. Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. File Name Enter the absolute path and name of the file you want to monitor. Use the C:\pagefile.sys format for Windows, or the /var/log/messages format for Linux and UNIX. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the file depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a file application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a file application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the monitored file is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the file. 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the file application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the file application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. 318

326 Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include WMI and CLI. Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password/Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. File Name Enter the absolute path and name of the file you want to monitor. Use the C:\pagefile.sys format for Windows, or the /var/log/messages format for Linux and UNIX. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the file depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the file application monitor report To access the file application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a file application monitor. The monitor report of the file appears, as shown in Figure

327 Figure 247 Part of a file application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named File_ The health status of the application is Major refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon., and you can click the icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To The monitor report, as shown in Figure 248, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 248 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the file. 320

328 Availability Today IP Address IP address of the host where the file is located. Application Type Type of the application, which is always File. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the file. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the file and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the file. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the file. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 249. Figure 249 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the file today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the file in the last polling period. To view the availability of the file in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the file in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the file since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the file since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the file since 00:00 today. 321

329 File Statistics Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the file since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The File Statistics area layout is shown in Figure 250. Figure 250 File Statistics area layout The File Statistics area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the file size trend graph shows changes of the file size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. on the upper right of the, Today File size trend graph By default, the graph shows changes of the file size over the last hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the size of the file at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. File Size Size of the file in the last polling period. Last Modified Time when the file was last modified in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set the file size alarm thresholds. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the file size trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The file size value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History Record icon Click the History Record icon to view history statistics of the file size changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average file sizes. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view file sizes at the specific time point. 322

330 Directory APM can monitor the size of individual directories on Windows, UNIX, and Linux operating systems. This section describes how to add and modify a directory application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report. Adding a directory application monitor APM can monitor directories through CLI or WMI. When you add a directory application monitor, follow these guidelines: To monitor a directory on a Windows host, first enable and configure WMI for Windows Server (see the Microsoft Windows Server online help), install APM on a Windows host that uses the SQL Server or MySQL database, and provide the host administrator username and password. To monitor a directory on a Linux/UNIX host, first enable Telnet or SSH for the host (see the Linux configuration guide), and configure the Telnet or SSH username and password on both the host and the IMC Platform. The Telnet or SSH user must have the administrator privilege. Make sure the host is already added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To add a directory application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click Directory of the File/Directory Monitor class. The page for adding a directory application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the directory to be monitored is located in the Select Devices window. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include WMI and CLI. Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. 323

331 Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. Directory Name Enter the absolute path and name of the directory you want to monitor. Use the C:\Windows format for Windows, or the /home/apache format for Linux and UNIX. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the directory depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Modifying a directory application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a directory application monitor. If the IP address of the host where the monitored directory is located changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the directory. 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the Modify icon for the directory monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the directory application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data, but requires higher performance. Monitor Type Select a monitor type for the application monitor. Monitor types include WMI and CLI. Username This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the username of the Windows administrator. If the administrator is a domain user, use the domain name\username format. If the administrator is a local user, use the host name\username or IP address\username format, or simply use the username. Password This field appears only when you select WMI for Monitor Type. Enter the password of the administrator. 324

332 Directory Name Enter the absolute path and name of the directory you want to monitor. Use the C:\Windows format for Windows, or the /home/apache format for Linux and UNIX. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the directory depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To delete applications, select the applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the directory monitor report To access the directory monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a directory application monitor. The monitor report of the directory appears, as shown in Figure 251. Figure 251 Part of a directory monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named Directory_ The health status of the application is Major, and you can click the icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report data, click the Refresh icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 252, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. 325

333 Monitor Information Figure 252 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the directory. IP Address IP address of the host where the directory is located. Application Type Type of the application, which is always Directory. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the directory. Relationship Click the Related Applications icon to view dependencies between the directory and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the directory. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the directory. The Availability Today area layout is shown is Figure

334 Figure 253 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the directory today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the directory in the last polling period. To view the availability of the directory in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the directory in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the directory since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the directory since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the directory since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the directory since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. Directory Statistics The Directory Statistics area layout is shown in Figure

335 Figure 254 Directory Statistics area layout The Directory Statistics area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Last 1 Hour icon By default, the directory size trend graph shows changes of the directory size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Directory size trend graph By default, the graph shows changes of the directory size over the last hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the size of the directory at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Directory Size Disk space occupied by the directory in the last polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set the directory size alarm thresholds. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the directory size trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The directory size value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History Record icon Click the History Record icon to view history statistics of the directory size changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average directory sizes. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view directory sizes at the specific time point. 328

336 17 Service monitor APM supports monitoring the following services: SNMP service DNS service This chapter describes how to add and modify the application monitors, and helps you view relevant monitor reports. SNMP service Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a network management protocol widely supported by operating systems and network devices. SNMP uses a hierarchical structure to describe nodes on the network, each of which is identified by a unique OID. Network management systems can obtain various index data from devices by reading their OIDs via SNMP. The default SNMP service port is UDP 161. APM monitors the SNMP service status by reading specific OIDs. This section describes how to add and modify an SNMP service application monitor, and helps view the monitor report. Adding an SNMP service application monitor APM monitors SNMP status through the SNMP service port. When you add an SNMP monitor, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: SNMP is enabled and configured on the operating systems or network devices to be monitored. The target operating systems or network devices must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding devices to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To add an SNMP service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click SNMP Monitor of the Service Monitor class. The page for adding an SNMP service application monitor appears. Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the SNMP service is located in the Select Devices window. 329

337 OID Enter the OID for SNMP monitoring. You can obtain OIDs by using a network management tool. For example, the OID of the system up time (sysuptime) is Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SNMP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 4. Click OK. Modifying an SNMP service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of an SNMP service application monitor. If the IP address of an SNMP host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify an SNMP service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. 3. Click the Modify icon for the SNMP service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the SNMP service application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Modify the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Modify a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. OID Modify the OID for SNMP monitoring. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Contact Modify the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the SNMP service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating 330

338 system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between the SNMP service and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the SNMP service application monitor report To access the SNMP service application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of an SNMP service application monitor. The monitor report of SNMP appears, as shown in Figure 255. Figure 255 Part of an SNMP service application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named SNMP_ The health status of the SNMP service application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 256, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. 331

339 Monitor Information Figure 256 Monitor Information area layout Availability Today The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the SNMP service application. IP Address IP address of the SNMP service host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always SNMP Monitor. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the SNMP service. Relationship icon Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the SNMP service and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the SNMP service host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the SNMP service. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 257. Figure 257 Availability Today area layout 332

340 Ping Test The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the SNMP service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the SNMP service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the SNMP service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the SNMP service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the SNMP service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Ping Test area layout is shown in Figure 258. Figure 258 Ping Test area layout The Ping Test area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the ping response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. 333

341 SNMP OID Ping Test response time trend graph Shows changes of the round trip response time for the SNMP service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the SNMP service in the last APM polling period. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time values at the specific time point. The SNMP OID area layout is shown in Figure 259. Figure 259 SNMP OID area layout Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. OID/Value OID and its value for SNMP monitoring obtained in the last APM polling period. DNS service Domain Name System (DNS) is a core Internet service. With DNS, users can use easy-to-remember domain names in some applications and let the DNS service translate them into IP addresses. The default DNS service ports are TCP 53 and UDP 53. APM monitors the DNS service status by requesting the DNS service to translate a specified domain name into an IP address. This section describes how to add and modify a DNS monitor, and helps view the monitor report. Adding a DNS service application monitor APM monitors DNS status through DNS service ports. When you add the application monitor for DNS service, make sure the following requirements are satisfied: The host on which the DNS service you want to monitor is located must be added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding a host to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. If the host to be monitored runs on an enterprise or organization network that uses public DNS servers on the Internet, make sure the host is added to the IMC Platform, and no SNMP, Telnet or SSH settings need be configured. To add a DNS service application monitor: 334

342 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click DNS Monitor of the Service Monitor class. The page for adding a DNS service application monitor appears. 4. Configure the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the DNS service is located in the Select Devices window. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. A shorter polling interval provides more accurate real-time data but requires higher performance. Host Enter the domain name of a website for DNS monitoring. For example, enter Record Type Select a record type for the domain name. Available options include AAAA, CNAME, MX, SOA, A, SPF, NS, SRV, TXT, and PTR. See Table 8 for Record types. Table 8 Record types Record Types Remarks AAAA DNS Extensions to Support IP Version 6. CNAME MX SOA A SPF NS SRV TXT PTR Canonical name for an alias. Mail exchange. Start of a zone of authority. Host address. Sender Policy Framework. Authoritative name server. Service record, which identifies the location of servers. Text strings. Domain name pointer. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the DNS service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to 335

343 5. Click OK. determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. Modifying a DNS service application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a DNS service application monitor. If the IP address of a DNS host that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the host. However, the new application monitor cannot inherit the history data from the previous application monitor. To modify a DNS service application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. 3. Click the Modify icon for the DNS service application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying a DNS service application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Modify the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Modify a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address The field cannot be modified. Host Modify the domain name. Record Type Select a record type for the domain name. Available options include AAAA, CNAME, MX, SOA, A, SPF, NS, SRV, TXT, and PTR. For more information about record types, see Table 8. Contact Modify the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Applications Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that the DNS service depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. To remove dependencies between the DNS service and one or more applications, select the target applications in the Related Applications box and click Delete. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. Viewing the DNS service application monitor report To access the DNS service application report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 336

344 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a DNS service application monitor. The monitor report of the DNS service appears, as shown in Figure 260. Figure 260 Part of a DNS service application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named DNS_ The health status of the DNS service application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 261, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 261 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the DNS service application. IP Address IP address of the DNS service host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always DNS Monitor. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the DNS service. 337

345 Availability Today Relationship icon Click the Relationship icon to view dependencies between the DNS service and other applications in a topology view. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the DNS host. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the DNS service. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 262. Figure 262 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the DNS service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the DNS service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the DNS service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the DNS service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today. Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the DNS service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is

346 Response Time The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure 263. Figure 263 Response Time area layout The Response Time area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the ping response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Response time trend graph Shows changes of the round trip response time for the DNS service over the selected time period in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the DNS service in the last APM polling period. Host Domain name that APM requests the DNS service to translate. Record Type Record type of the domain name. Alias Alternative names of the domain name. Query Result IP address of the specified domain name. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the DNS response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics 339

347 graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time values at the specific time point. 340

348 18 HTTP service monitor This chapter describes how to add and modify the URL application monitor, and helps you view the monitor report. URL A uniform resource locator (URL) provides a reference to an Internet resource and a means of locating the resource. For more information about URL, see RFC You can access resources provided by HTTP services through URLs. By accessing a URL, APM judges whether the HTTP service is properly running on the host that provides the resource to which the URL links. Adding a URL application monitor APM accesses URLs through the HTTP service port (TCP port 80 by default). When you add a URL application monitor, make sure the host providing HTTP services has been added to the IMC Platform. For information about adding hosts to the IMC Platform, see IMC Base Platform Administrator Guide for the chapter on resource management. To add a URL application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Enter the Add Application page in one of the following ways: Select Application Manager > Add Application from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree, and click Add on the application monitor list page. 3. Click URL of the HTTP Service Monitor class. The page for adding a URL application monitor appears. Name Enter the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Enter a description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address Click Select and select the host where the HTTP service is located in the Select Devices window. For information about selecting a host, see "xxx." Port Enter the HTTP service port for URL access. The default port number is 80. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. Relative Path Enter the relative path of the Web page starting with a slash (/). To obtain a relative path, remove the string and the IP address from a full path. Contact Enter the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Application Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that URL depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, 341

349 Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 4. Click OK. Modifying a URL application monitor Operators can modify all parameters except the IP address of a URL application monitor. If the IP address of the URL that is being monitored changes, operators must add a new application monitor for the URL. To modify a URL application monitor: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The page displays all application types that can be monitored by APM. 3. Click the Modify icon for the URL application monitor you want to modify. The page for modifying the URL application monitor appears. 4. Modify the following parameters for the application monitor: Name Modify the application monitor name, which must be unique in APM. HP recommends that you use the Application name_host IP address format to name the application monitor. Description Modify the description for the application monitor to aid maintenance. IP Address This field cannot be modified. Port Enter the HTTP service port for URL access. The default port number is 80. Polling Interval (min) Select a polling interval for the application monitor. Available options include 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20, and 30. The default polling interval is 5 minutes. Relative Path Modify the HTTP URL. Do not include IP address or port number in a URL. APM requests the Web page indicated by the URL in polling. Contact Modify the contact information, such as name, address, and telephone number. Related Application Click Add. The Select Applications window appears. Select the applications that URL depends on, and click OK. You cannot select operating system applications, such as Windows XP, Windows Server, AIX, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, HP-UX, Solaris, Mac OS, and Linux. You can view the dependencies between applications in a topology view. Detect Application Enable or disable application detection. Application detection enables APM to verify connection to the application by using the previous parameter settings, and to determine whether to add the application monitor based on the verification result. APM adds the application monitor only when it can connect to the application. If you do not select this parameter, APM will add the application monitor without verifying the connection. 5. Click OK. 342

350 Viewing the URL application monitor report After you add a URL application monitor, APM starts collecting index data of the application to calculate its availability and health status. Operators can obtain monitor indexes of the URL by viewing the monitor report. To access the URL application monitor report: 1. Click the Resource tab. 2. Select Application Manager > Application Monitor from the navigation tree. The application monitor list page displays all application monitors. 3. Click the name link of a URL application monitor. The URL monitor report appears, as shown in Figure 264. Figure 264 Part of a URL application monitor report The previous monitor report is for the application monitor named URL_ The health status of the URL application is Healthy. If another health status icon rather than the Healthy icon appears, you can click that icon to view the root cause and health analysis. To refresh the report page, click the Refresh icon next to the Healthy icon. The monitor report, as shown in Figure 265, contains multiple areas, which are described in the following sections. Monitor Information Figure 265 Monitor Information area layout The Monitor Information area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. 343

351 Availability Today Name Application monitor name. Health State Health status of the URL application. IP Address IP address of the HTTP service host. Application Type Type of the application, which is always URL. Port Port number used by the HTTP service. Last Polling Time Time when APM last polled the URL application. Top5 Unrecovered Alarm Latest five unrecovered alarms on the URL. The alarm level is identified by color: yellow for minor alarms, orange for major alarms, and red for critical alarms. This field does not appear if no alarm is generated by the URL. The Availability Today area layout is shown in Figure 266. Figure 266 Availability Today area layout The Availability Today area contains the following fields: Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Availability pie chart Shows time duration percentages of the availability states for the URL service today. The availability states include Available, Unavailable, Inaccessible, and Unmanaged. To view the time duration percentage of a specific availability state, place the cursor over the corresponding slice in the chart. Current Availability Availability of the URL service in the last polling period. To view the availability of the URL service in the last 7 days, click the Weekly History icon. The weekly availability data is collected in hours. To view the time duration percentages of availability states at a specific time, place the cursor over that time. To view the availability of the URL service in the last 30 days, click the Monthly History icon. The monthly availability data is collected in days. To view the time duration percentages of availability states on a specific day, place the cursor over that day. Available Time Total available time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today. Unavailable Time Total unavailable time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today. Inaccessible Time Total inaccessible time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today. 344

352 Response Time Unmanaged Time Total unmanaged time duration of the URL service since 00:00 today. The availability time statistics of a new application monitor are collected since the application monitor was added. An availability time field does not appear if its value is 0. The Response Time area layout is shown in Figure 267. Figure 267 Response Time area layout The Response Time area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the response time trend graph shows changes of the URL response time over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. URL response time trend graph Shows changes of the round trip response time for the URL over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Response Time Round trip response time of the URL in the last APM polling period. Set Threshold icon Click the Set Threshold icon to set alarm thresholds for the URL response time. The specified alarm thresholds appear on the Response time trend graph as dotted lines in different colors: yellow for the level-1 threshold and red for level-2. The response time value is highlighted in yellow when it reaches the level-1 threshold, and is highlighted in red when it reaches the level-2 threshold. You can use either the global thresholds or user-defined thresholds. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history response time changes in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average response time values. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the response time values at the specific time point. 345

353 Page Size APM examines the size of the requested Web page, and records changes of the page size in a trend graph, as shown in Figure 268. Figure 268 Page Size area layout The Page Size area contains the following fields: Last 1 Hour icon By default, the page size trend graph shows changes of the Web page size over the last one hour. To change the report period, click the Last 1 Hour icon on the upper right of the graph, and then select an icon from the list. Available options include Last 6 Hours, Today, Yesterday, This Week, This Month, and This Year. Refresh icon Click the Refresh icon to refresh the area. Web page size trend graph Shows changes of the Web page size over the last one hour in a line chart. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the Web page size at the specific time point. Attribute/Value Monitor index name and data. Page Size Size of the requested Web page in the last APM polling period. Rate of Change Change rate of the requested Web page size in the last APM polling period. The change rate is a percentage of the page size change in the last two requests to the size of the last requested page. The value is positive while the page size increases, and is negative while the page size is reduced. History icon Click the History icon to view statistics of the history Web page size change rates in a line graph. By default, the graph shows the last hour statistics. To change the report period, click the Last 6 Hours icon, Today icon, Yesterday icon, This Week icon, This Month icon, or This Year icon on the upper right of the graph as needed. Hourly data and today's data is collected every polling interval, yesterday's, weekly, and monthly data is collected in hours, and yearly data is collected in days. The statistics graph contains maximum, minimum, and average change rates. Place the cursor over a spot in the curve to view the change rates at the specific time point. 346

HP Intelligent Management Center

HP Intelligent Management Center HP Intelligent Management Center VAN Connection Manager Administrator Guide Abstract This guide contains comprehensive information for network administrators, engineers, and operators who manage the VCM.

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center Remote Site Management User Guide

HP Intelligent Management Center Remote Site Management User Guide HP Intelligent Management Center Remote Site Management User Guide Abstract This book provides overview and procedural information for Remote Site Management, an add-on service module to the Intelligent

More information

HPE IMC APM IIS Server Application Monitor Configuration Examples

HPE IMC APM IIS Server Application Monitor Configuration Examples HPE IMC APM IIS Server Application Monitor Configuration Examples Part number: 5200-1352 Software version: IMC APM 7.2 (E0401) Document version: 1 The information in this document is subject to change

More information

HPE Intelligent Management Center

HPE Intelligent Management Center HPE Intelligent Management Center Service Health Manager Administrator Guide Abstract This guide provides introductory, configuration, and usage information for Service Health Manager (SHM). It is for

More information

HPE Intelligent Management Center

HPE Intelligent Management Center HPE Intelligent Management Center VAN Connection Manager Administrator Guide Abstract This guide contains comprehensive information for network administrators, engineers, and operators who manage the VAN

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center Branch Intelligent Management System (BIMS) User Guide

HP Intelligent Management Center Branch Intelligent Management System (BIMS) User Guide HP Intelligent Management Center Branch Intelligent Management System (BIMS) User Guide Abstract This guide contains basic information for network administrators, engineers, and operators who use the Branch

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center SOM Administrator Guide

HP Intelligent Management Center SOM Administrator Guide HP Intelligent Management Center SOM Administrator Guide Abstract This guide contains comprehensive conceptual information for network administrators and other personnel who administrate and operate the

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center Connection Resource Manager (Virtual Application Network Manager)

HP Intelligent Management Center Connection Resource Manager (Virtual Application Network Manager) HP Intelligent Management Center Connection Resource Manager (Virtual Application Network Manager) Administrator Guide Abstract IMC Connection Resource Manager has been renamed to Virtual Application Network

More information

HP StorageWorks Performance Advisor. Installation Guide. Version 1.7A

HP StorageWorks Performance Advisor. Installation Guide. Version 1.7A HP StorageWorks Performance Advisor Installation Guide Version 1.7A notice Copyright 2002-2004 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Edition 0402 Part Number B9369-96068 Hewlett-Packard Company makes

More information

Guest Management Software Administrator Guide. Installation and Getting Started Guide Administrator Guide

Guest Management Software Administrator Guide. Installation and Getting Started Guide Administrator Guide Guest Management Software Administrator Guide Guest ProCurve Management 5400zl Switches Software Installation and Getting Started Guide Administrator Guide Guest Management Software Administrator Guide

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 Branch Intelligent Management System Administrator Guide

HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 Branch Intelligent Management System Administrator Guide HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 Branch Intelligent Management System Administrator Guide Abstract This document describes how to administer the HP IMC Branch Intelligent Management System. HP Part

More information

IMC Network Traffic Analyzer 7.3 (E0504) Copyright 2015, 2017 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP

IMC Network Traffic Analyzer 7.3 (E0504) Copyright 2015, 2017 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP Network Traffic Analyzer 7.3 (E0504) Copyright 2015, 2017 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP Table of Contents 1. What's New in this Release 2. Problems Fixed in this Release 3. Software Distribution

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center Remote Site Manager

HP Intelligent Management Center Remote Site Manager HP Intelligent Management Center Remote Site Manager Administrator Guide Abstract This guide contains comprehensive information for network administrators, engineers, and operators who manage the IMC Remote

More information

SiteScope Adapter for HP OpenView Operations

SiteScope Adapter for HP OpenView Operations SiteScope Adapter for HP OpenView Operations for the UNIX and Windows Operating System Software Version: 1.00, 1.01 User s Guide Document Release Date: 24 November 2009 Software Release Date: December

More information

IMC Network Traffic Analyzer 7.2 (E0401P04) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP

IMC Network Traffic Analyzer 7.2 (E0401P04) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP Network Traffic Analyzer 7.2 (E0401P04) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP Table of Contents 1. What's New in this Release 2. Problems Fixed in this Release 3. Software Distribution

More information

HP Load Balancing Module

HP Load Balancing Module HP Load Balancing Module Load Balancing Configuration Guide Part number: 5998-4218 Software version: Feature 3221 Document version: 6PW100-20130326 Legal and notice information Copyright 2013 Hewlett-Packard

More information

HPE Intelligent Management Center

HPE Intelligent Management Center HPE Intelligent Management Center Branch Intelligent Management System Administrator Guide Abstract This document describes how to administer the HPE IMC Branch Intelligent Management System. Part number:

More information

HP Universal CMDB. Software Version: Content Pack (CP18) Discovery and Integrations Content Guide - Discovery Activities

HP Universal CMDB. Software Version: Content Pack (CP18) Discovery and Integrations Content Guide - Discovery Activities HP Universal CMDB Software Version: Content Pack 18.00 (CP18) Discovery and Integrations Content Guide - Discovery Activities Document Release Date: December 2015 Software Release Date: December 2015 Legal

More information

Universal CMDB. Software Version: Content Pack (CP20) Discovery and Integrations Content Guide - Discovery Activities

Universal CMDB. Software Version: Content Pack (CP20) Discovery and Integrations Content Guide - Discovery Activities Universal CMDB Software Version: Content Pack 20.00 (CP20) Discovery and Integrations Content Guide - Discovery Activities Document Release Date: June 2016 Software Release Date: June 2016 Legal Notices

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1

HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 iar Quick Start Guide Part number: 5998-6863 Published: September 2014 Software Version: IMC PLAT 7.1 (E0302) Edition: 1.0 Legal and notice information Copyright 2014

More information

Virtual Recovery Assistant user s guide

Virtual Recovery Assistant user s guide Virtual Recovery Assistant user s guide Part number: T2558-96323 Second edition: March 2009 Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Hewlett-Packard Company makes no warranty of any kind

More information

IMC Network Traffic Analyzer 7.1 (E0301P04) Copyright (c) 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. All Rights Reserved.

IMC Network Traffic Analyzer 7.1 (E0301P04) Copyright (c) 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. All Rights Reserved. Network Traffic Analyzer 7.1 (E0301P04) Copyright (c) 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. All Rights Reserved. Table of Contents 1. What's New in this Release 2. Problems Fixed in this Release

More information

HP Storage Manager User Guide. May 2005 (First Edition) Part Number

HP Storage Manager User Guide. May 2005 (First Edition) Part Number HP Storage Manager User Guide May 2005 (First Edition) Part Number 394897-001 Copyright 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice.

More information

HP ALM Client MSI Generator

HP ALM Client MSI Generator HP ALM Client MSI Generator Software Version: 1.00 User Guide Document Release Date: October 2010 Software Release Date: October 2010 Legal Notices Warranty The only warranties for HP products and services

More information

HP 5820X & 5800 Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring. Configuration Guide. Abstract

HP 5820X & 5800 Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring. Configuration Guide. Abstract HP 5820X & 5800 Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide Abstract This document describes the software features for the HP 5820X & 5800 Series products and guides you through

More information

HP 5120 SI Switch Series

HP 5120 SI Switch Series HP 5120 SI Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide Part number: 5998-1813 Software version: Release 1505 Document version: 6W102-20121111 Legal and notice information Copyright

More information

Deploying Devices. Cisco Prime Infrastructure 3.1. Job Aid

Deploying Devices. Cisco Prime Infrastructure 3.1. Job Aid Deploying Devices Cisco Prime Infrastructure 3.1 Job Aid Copyright Page THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION,

More information

HP 3PAR OS MU1 Patch 11

HP 3PAR OS MU1 Patch 11 HP 3PAR OS 313 MU1 Patch 11 Release Notes This release notes document is for Patch 11 and intended for HP 3PAR Operating System Software HP Part Number: QL226-98041 Published: December 2014 Edition: 1

More information

Release Notes: ProCurve Mobility Manager Version 1.0, Update 1

Release Notes: ProCurve Mobility Manager Version 1.0, Update 1 Release Notes: ProCurve Mobility Manager Version 1.0, Update 1 Installation Pre-Requisites: The ProCurve Mobility Manager (PMM 1.0) Update 1 requires that you have the following software installed and

More information

SQL Server Installation and Configuration Guide. Abstract

SQL Server Installation and Configuration Guide. Abstract SQL Server 2008 Installation and Configuration Guide Abstract This document describes the configuration during and after database installation when IMC is used together with Microsoft SQL Server. The document

More information

HP Operations Orchestration

HP Operations Orchestration HP Operations Orchestration Software Version: 7.20 HP Network Node Manager (i series) Integration Document Release Date: July 2008 Software Release Date: July 2008 Legal Notices Warranty The only warranties

More information

HP Database and Middleware Automation

HP Database and Middleware Automation HP Database and Middleware Automation For Windows Software Version: 10.10 SQL Server Database Refresh User Guide Document Release Date: June 2013 Software Release Date: June 2013 Legal Notices Warranty

More information

HPE Operations Agent. Concepts Guide. Software Version: For the Windows, HP-UX, Linux, Solaris, and AIX operating systems

HPE Operations Agent. Concepts Guide. Software Version: For the Windows, HP-UX, Linux, Solaris, and AIX operating systems HPE Operations Agent Software Version: 12.02 For the Windows, HP-UX, Linux, Solaris, and AIX operating systems Concepts Guide Document Release Date: December 2016 Software Release Date: December 2016 Legal

More information

Achieve Patch Currency for Microsoft SQL Server Clustered Environments Using HP DMA

Achieve Patch Currency for Microsoft SQL Server Clustered Environments Using HP DMA Technical white paper Achieve Patch Currency for Microsoft SQL Server Clustered Environments Using HP DMA HP Database and Middleware Automation version 10.30 Table of Contents Purpose 2 Prerequisites 4

More information

Configuring Embedded LDAP Authentication

Configuring Embedded LDAP Authentication HP Restricted Configuring Embedded LDAP Authentication configure Configuring Embedded LDAP Authentication For HP product models: LaserJet 4345mfp, LaserJet 9040mfp, LaserJet 9050mfp, LaserJet 9500mfp,

More information

HPE 3PAR OS GA Patch 12

HPE 3PAR OS GA Patch 12 HPE 3PAR OS 3.3.1 GA Patch 12 Upgrade Instructions Abstract This upgrade instructions document is for installing Patch 12 on the HPE 3PAR Operating System Software OS-3.3.1.215-GA. This document is for

More information

HP Universal CMDB. Software Version: DDMI to Universal Discovery Migration Walkthrough Guide

HP Universal CMDB. Software Version: DDMI to Universal Discovery Migration Walkthrough Guide HP Universal CMDB Software Version: 10.22 DDMI to Universal Discovery Migration Walkthrough Guide Document Release Date: December 2015 Software Release Date: December 2015 Legal Notices Warranty The only

More information

Installation Guide. OMi Management Pack for Microsoft Skype for Business Server. Software Version: 1.00

Installation Guide. OMi Management Pack for Microsoft Skype for Business Server. Software Version: 1.00 OMi Management Pack for Microsoft Skype for Business Server Software Version: 1.00 For Operations Manager i for Linux and Windows operating systems Installation Guide Document Release Date: July 2017 Software

More information

HPE Intelligent Management Center v7.3

HPE Intelligent Management Center v7.3 HPE Intelligent Management Center v7.3 Service Operation Manager Administrator Guide Abstract This guide contains comprehensive conceptual information for network administrators and other personnel who

More information

Infrastructure Navigator User's Guide

Infrastructure Navigator User's Guide vcenter Infrastructure Navigator 1.0.0 This document supports the version of each product listed and supports all subsequent versions until the document is replaced by a new edition. To check for more

More information

HPE Intelligent Management Center

HPE Intelligent Management Center HPE Intelligent Management Center EAD Security Policy Administrator Guide Abstract This guide contains comprehensive information for network administrators, engineers, and operators working with the TAM

More information

HP Network Node Manager i Software Step-by-Step Guide to Custom Poller

HP Network Node Manager i Software Step-by-Step Guide to Custom Poller HP Network Node Manager i Software Step-by-Step Guide to Custom Poller NNMi 9.1x Patch 2 This document includes two examples. The first example illustrates how to use Custom Poller to monitor disk space.

More information

HP A5500 EI & A5500 SI Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring. Configuration Guide. Abstract

HP A5500 EI & A5500 SI Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring. Configuration Guide. Abstract HP A5500 EI & A5500 SI Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide Abstract This document describes the software features for the HP A Series products and guides you through the

More information

HP Library and Tape Tools 4.20 Release Notes

HP Library and Tape Tools 4.20 Release Notes HP Library and Tape Tools 4.20 Release Notes Part Number: EH957-90970B Published: February 2016 Edition: 1 Copyright 2015 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Hewlett-Packard Company makes no warranty

More information

HP Network Node Manager i-series Software

HP Network Node Manager i-series Software HP Network Node Manager i-series Software For the Windows, HP-UX, Linux, and Solaris operating systems Software Version: NNMi 8.1x patch 4 (8.12) Online Help: Document Release Date: June 2009 Software

More information

HPE 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 18 Upgrade Instructions

HPE 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 18 Upgrade Instructions HPE 3PAR OS 3.1.3 MU3 Patch 18 Upgrade Instructions This upgrade instructions document is for installing Patch 18 on the HPE 3PAR Operating System Software 3.1.3.334 (MU3). This document is for Hewlett

More information

HP Network Node Manager i Software Step-by-Step Guide to Scheduling Reports using Network Performance Server

HP Network Node Manager i Software Step-by-Step Guide to Scheduling Reports using Network Performance Server HP Network Node Manager i Software Step-by-Step Guide to Scheduling Reports using Network Performance Server NNMi 9.1x Patch 2 This document shows an example of building a daily report for the ispi Performance

More information

HP Service Test Management

HP Service Test Management HP Service Test Management for the Windows operating system Software Version: 11.00 Installation Guide Document Release Date: February 2011 Software Release Date: February 2011 Legal Notices Warranty The

More information

Standardize Microsoft SQL Server Cluster Provisioning Using HP DMA

Standardize Microsoft SQL Server Cluster Provisioning Using HP DMA Technical white paper Standardize Microsoft SQL Server Cluster Provisioning Using HP DMA HP Database and Middleware Automation version 10.30 Table of Contents Purpose 2 Prerequisites 4 Process Overview

More information

For the Windows, Oracle Enterprise Linux, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise operating systems Software Version: 10.01, CP 12.

For the Windows, Oracle Enterprise Linux, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise operating systems Software Version: 10.01, CP 12. HP Universal CMDB For the Windows, Oracle Enterprise Linux, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise operating systems Software Version: 10.01, CP 12.00 Discovery and Integration Content Guide

More information

HPE IMC APM SQL Server Application Monitor Configuration Examples

HPE IMC APM SQL Server Application Monitor Configuration Examples HPE IMC APM SQL Server Application Monitor Configuration Examples Part number: 5200-1353 Software version: IMC APM 7.2 (E0401) Document version: 1 The information in this document is subject to change

More information

HP AutoPass License Server

HP AutoPass License Server HP AutoPass License Server Software Version: 9.0 Windows, Linux and CentOS operating systems Support Matrix Document Release Date: October 2015 Software Release Date: October 2015 Page 2 of 10 Legal Notices

More information

Modem Command Guidelines HP Notebook Series

Modem Command Guidelines HP Notebook Series HP Notebook Series Document Part Number: 316740-002 May 2003 This document provides instructions for selecting, accessing, and using the AT command set supported by the modem in your notebook. 2003 Hewlett-Packard

More information

HP 6125G & 6125G/XG Blade Switches

HP 6125G & 6125G/XG Blade Switches HP 6125G & 6125G/XG Blade Switches Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide Part number: 5998-3162b Software version: Release 2103 and later Document version: 6W103-20151020 Legal and notice

More information

HP 6125 Blade Switch Series

HP 6125 Blade Switch Series HP 6125 Blade Switch Series Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide Part number: 5998-3162 Software version: Release 2103 Document version: 6W100-20120907 Legal and notice information Copyright

More information

v7.0 Intelligent Management Center MySQL 5.5 Installation and Configuration Guide (for Windows)

v7.0 Intelligent Management Center MySQL 5.5 Installation and Configuration Guide (for Windows) v7.0 Intelligent Management Center MySQL 5.5 Installation and Configuration Guide (for Windows) Abstract This document is intended to be the installation and configuration guide for MySQL in addition to

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center

HP Intelligent Management Center HP Intelligent Management Center Deployment and Hardware Configuration Schemes Document version: V5.10 Legal and notice information Copyright 2011 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. No part of this

More information

IMC VAN Fabric Manager v7.0 (E0201) Copyright (c) Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. and its licensors.

IMC VAN Fabric Manager v7.0 (E0201) Copyright (c) Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. and its licensors. IMC VAN Fabric Manager v7.0 (E0201) Copyright (c) 2013-2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. and its licensors. Table of Contents 1. What's New in this Release 2. Problems Fixed in this Release

More information

HP StorageWorks 4000/6000/8000 Enterprise Virtual Array connectivity for Sun Solaris installation and reference guide

HP StorageWorks 4000/6000/8000 Enterprise Virtual Array connectivity for Sun Solaris installation and reference guide HP StorageWorks 4000/6000/8000 Enterprise Virtual Array connectivity for Sun Solaris installation and reference guide Part number: 5697-5263 First edition: May 2005 Legal and notice information Copyright

More information

HP 830 Series PoE+ Unified Wired-WLAN Switch Switching Engine

HP 830 Series PoE+ Unified Wired-WLAN Switch Switching Engine HP 830 Series PoE+ Unified Wired-WLAN Switch Switching Engine Network Management and Monitoring Configuration Guide Part number: 5998-3936 Software version: 3308P26 Document version: 6W101-20130628 Legal

More information

HP Data Protector Media Operations 6.11

HP Data Protector Media Operations 6.11 HP Data Protector Media Operations 6.11 Getting started This guide describes installing, starting and configuring Media Operations. Copyright 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Part number:

More information

HP BLc Intel 4X QDR InfiniBand Switch Release Notes. Firmware Version

HP BLc Intel 4X QDR InfiniBand Switch Release Notes. Firmware Version HP BLc Intel 4X QDR InfiniBand Switch Release Notes Firmware Version 7.2.1.1.16 Part number: QL-IBSRN-1H First edition: October 2013 Copyright 2013 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. The information

More information

HP Operations Orchestration Software

HP Operations Orchestration Software HP Operations Orchestration Software Software Version: 7.51 HP SiteScope Integration Guide Document Release Date: August 2009 Software Release Date: August 2009 Legal Notices Warranty The only warranties

More information

By Anthony di Donato. Citrix Systems, Inc.

By Anthony di Donato. Citrix Systems, Inc. How to install NFuse Components and Web Extensions on the same Server? By Anthony di Donato Citrix Systems, Inc. Notice The information in this publication is subject to change without notice. THIS PUBLICATION

More information

HP High-End Firewalls

HP High-End Firewalls HP High-End Firewalls Attack Protection Configuration Guide Part number: 5998-2650 Software version: F1000-A-EI&F1000-S-EI: R3721 F5000: F3210 F1000-E: F3171 Firewall module: F3171 Document version: 6PW101-20120719

More information

HP ProLiant Agentless Management Pack (v 3.2) for Microsoft System Center User Guide

HP ProLiant Agentless Management Pack (v 3.2) for Microsoft System Center User Guide HP ProLiant Agentless Management Pack (v 3.2) for Microsoft System Center User Guide Abstract This guide provides information on using the HP ProLiant Agentless Management Pack for System Center version

More information

HP Service Manager. Software Version: 9.41 For the supported Windows and UNIX operating systems. Collaboration Guide

HP Service Manager. Software Version: 9.41 For the supported Windows and UNIX operating systems. Collaboration Guide HP Service Manager Software Version: 9.41 For the supported Windows and UNIX operating systems Collaboration Guide Document Release Date: September 2015 Software Release Date: September 2015 Legal Notices

More information

HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 MySQL 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide (Windows)

HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 MySQL 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide (Windows) HP Intelligent Management Center v7.1 MySQL 5.6 Installation and Configuration Guide (Windows) Abstract This document provides installation and configuration information for MySQL. It includes the procedures

More information

CA ehealth. Setting Up Service Availability 2.0. r6.1

CA ehealth. Setting Up Service Availability 2.0. r6.1 CA ehealth Setting Up Service Availability 2.0 r6.1 This documentation and any related computer software help programs (hereinafter referred to as the Documentation ) is for the end user s informational

More information

QuickSpecs. HP IMC Branch Intelligent Management Software. Models HP IMC Branch Intelligent Management System Software Module w/50-node E-LTU

QuickSpecs. HP IMC Branch Intelligent Management Software. Models HP IMC Branch Intelligent Management System Software Module w/50-node E-LTU Overview Models HP IMC Branch Intelligent Management System Software Module w/50-node E-LTU JG265AAE Key features Unified resource management Single-pane visibility Integrated access and user management

More information

Wireless Data Privacy Configuration Guide. HP ProCurve Secure Access 700wl Series.

Wireless Data Privacy Configuration Guide. HP ProCurve Secure Access 700wl Series. Wireless Data Privacy Configuration Guide HP ProCurve Secure Access 700wl Series www.hp.com/go/hpprocurve HP PROCURVE SECURE ACCESS 700WL SERIES WIRELESS DATA PRIVACY CONFIGURATION GUIDE Copyright 2003

More information

HPE ALM Excel Add-in. Microsoft Excel Add-in Guide. Software Version: Go to HELP CENTER ONLINE

HPE ALM Excel Add-in. Microsoft Excel Add-in Guide. Software Version: Go to HELP CENTER ONLINE HPE ALM Excel Add-in Software Version: 12.55 Microsoft Excel Add-in Guide Go to HELP CENTER ONLINE http://alm-help.saas.hpe.com Document Release Date: August 2017 Software Release Date: August 2017 Legal

More information

OMi Management Pack for Microsoft SQL Server. Software Version: For the Operations Manager i for Linux and Windows operating systems.

OMi Management Pack for Microsoft SQL Server. Software Version: For the Operations Manager i for Linux and Windows operating systems. OMi Management Pack for Microsoft Software Version: 1.01 For the Operations Manager i for Linux and Windows operating systems User Guide Document Release Date: April 2017 Software Release Date: December

More information

Release Notes: ProCurve Manager Version 2.2/2.2.1, Update 5

Release Notes: ProCurve Manager Version 2.2/2.2.1, Update 5 Release Notes: ProCurve Manager Version 2.2/2.2.1, Update 5 PCM version 2.2/2.2.1, Update 5 supports these products: J9056A ProCurve Manager Plus 2.2 - upgrade from PCM 1.6 license to PCM Plus 2.2 50-device

More information

HP Network Node Manager ispi Performance for Quality Assurance Software

HP Network Node Manager ispi Performance for Quality Assurance Software HP Network Node Manager ispi Performance for Quality Assurance Software Intelligent Response Agent for the Windows and Linux operating systems Software Version: 9.20 Installation Guide Document Release

More information

HP Integration with Incorta: Connection Guide. HP Vertica Analytic Database

HP Integration with Incorta: Connection Guide. HP Vertica Analytic Database HP Integration with Incorta: Connection Guide HP Vertica Analytic Database HP Big Data Document Release Date: July, 2015 Legal Notices Warranty The only warranties for HP products and services are set

More information

About the HP 830 Series PoE+ Unified Wired-WLAN Switch and HP 10500/ G Unified Wired-WLAN Module

About the HP 830 Series PoE+ Unified Wired-WLAN Switch and HP 10500/ G Unified Wired-WLAN Module About the HP 830 Series Switch and HP 10500/7500 20G Unified Module s Part number: 5998-3903 Software version: 3308P29 (HP 830 Series Switch) 2308P29 (HP 10500/7500 20G Unified Module) Document version:

More information

Release Notes: ProCurve Identity Driven Manager Version 2.0, Update 2

Release Notes: ProCurve Identity Driven Manager Version 2.0, Update 2 Release Notes: ProCurve Identity Driven Manager Version 2.0, Update 2 ProCurve Identity Driven Manager (IDM) version 2.0 update 2 supports these products: IDM version 2.1: an update to IDM 2.0 that provides

More information

HP 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 17

HP 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 17 HP 3PAR OS 3.2.1 MU3 Patch 17 Release Notes This release notes document is for Patch 17 and intended for HP 3PAR Operating System Software. HP Part Number: QL226-98310 Published: July 2015 Edition: 1 Copyright

More information

HP Load Balancing Module

HP Load Balancing Module HP Load Balancing Module High Availability Configuration Guide Part number: 5998-2687 Document version: 6PW101-20120217 Legal and notice information Copyright 2012 Hewlett-Packard Development Company,

More information

HP Insight Remote Support Advanced HP StorageWorks P4000 Storage System

HP Insight Remote Support Advanced HP StorageWorks P4000 Storage System HP Insight Remote Support Advanced HP StorageWorks P4000 Storage System Migration Guide HP Part Number: 5900-1089 Published: August 2010, Edition 1 Copyright 2010 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

More information

HP Business Service Management

HP Business Service Management HP Business Service Management Software Version: 9.26 Getting Started With BPM - Best Practices Document Release Date: September 2015 Software Release Date: September 2015 Legal Notices Warranty The only

More information

HP Web Jetadmin Report Generation Plug-in

HP Web Jetadmin Report Generation Plug-in HP Web Jetadmin Report Generation Plug-in HP Web Jetadmin Report Generation Plug-in Reference Manual Copyright notice 2006 Copyright Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Reproduction, adaptation

More information

HP 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 18 Release Notes

HP 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 18 Release Notes HP 3PAR OS 3.2.1 MU3 Patch 18 Release Notes This release notes document is for Patch 18 and intended for HP 3PAR Operating System Software 3.2.1.292 (MU3). HP Part Number: QL226-98326 Published: August

More information

HP-UX Software and Patching Management Using HP Server Automation

HP-UX Software and Patching Management Using HP Server Automation HP-UX Software and Patching Management Using HP Server Automation Software Version 7.84, released August 2010 Overview... 2 Patch Management for HP-UX Prerequisites... 2 HP-UX Patching Features... 2 Importing

More information

HPE Network Node Manager i Software 10.30

HPE Network Node Manager i Software 10.30 HPE Network Node Manager i Software 10.30 Step-by-Step Guide to Custom Poller White Paper Contents Custom Poller... 3 Setting Up Your MIB... 3 Step 1: Identify the MIB Variable You Want to Poll... 3 Step

More information

HP StorageWorks Continuous Access EVA 2.1 release notes update

HP StorageWorks Continuous Access EVA 2.1 release notes update HP StorageWorks Continuous Access EVA 2.1 release notes update Part number: T3687-96038 Third edition: August 2005 Legal and notice information Copyright 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

More information

HP Data Protector A Support for Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 Clients Whitepaper

HP Data Protector A Support for Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 Clients Whitepaper HP Data Protector A.06.00 Support for Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 Clients Whitepaper 1 Index Introduction... 3 Data Protector A.06.00 Installation on Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008 systems...

More information

Extended Search Administration

Extended Search Administration IBM Lotus Extended Search Extended Search Administration Version 4 Release 0.1 SC27-1404-02 IBM Lotus Extended Search Extended Search Administration Version 4 Release 0.1 SC27-1404-02 Note! Before using

More information

HP ilo 3 Release Notes

HP ilo 3 Release Notes HP ilo 3 Release Notes 1.70 HP Part Number: 616296-401 Published: February 2014 Edition: 1 Copyright 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P Confidential computer software. Valid license from HP

More information

Introducing HP Reporter. HP Reporter Window. How HP Reporter Works. Generated and Custom Reports. Customizing Reporter. Scalability and Requirements

Introducing HP Reporter. HP Reporter Window. How HP Reporter Works. Generated and Custom Reports. Customizing Reporter. Scalability and Requirements Introducing HP Reporter HP Reporter Window How HP Reporter Works Generated and Custom Reports Customizing Reporter Scalability and Requirements Configuring Secure Communication Advanced Topics Configuring

More information

KYOCERA Net Viewer 5.3 User Guide

KYOCERA Net Viewer 5.3 User Guide KYOCERA Net Viewer. User Guide Legal Notes Unauthorized reproduction of all or part of this guide is prohibited. The information in this guide is subject to change without notice. We cannot be held liable

More information

Release Notes: ProCurve Network Immunity Manager Version 1.0, Update 3

Release Notes: ProCurve Network Immunity Manager Version 1.0, Update 3 Release Notes: ProCurve Network Immunity Manager Version 1.0, Update 3 ProCurve Network Immunity Manager (NIM) version 1.0, Update 3 supports these products: J9060A ProCurve Network Immunity Manager 1.0-50-device

More information

Systemwalker Service Quality Coordinator. Technical Guide. Windows/Solaris/Linux

Systemwalker Service Quality Coordinator. Technical Guide. Windows/Solaris/Linux Systemwalker Service Quality Coordinator Technical Guide Windows/Solaris/Linux J2X1-6800-02ENZ0(00) November 2010 Preface Purpose of this manual This manual explains the functions and usage of Systemwalker

More information

HPE 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 97 Upgrade Instructions

HPE 3PAR OS MU3 Patch 97 Upgrade Instructions HPE 3PAR OS 3.2.2 MU3 Patch 97 Upgrade Instructions Abstract This upgrade instructions document is for installing Patch 97 on the HPE 3PAR Operating System Software. This document is for Hewlett Packard

More information

HP D6000 Disk Enclosure Direct Connect Cabling Guide

HP D6000 Disk Enclosure Direct Connect Cabling Guide HP D6000 Disk Enclosure Direct Connect Cabling Guide Abstract This document provides cabling examples for when an HP D6000 Disk Enclosure is connected directly to a server. Part Number: 682251-001 September

More information

Infrastructure Navigator User's Guide

Infrastructure Navigator User's Guide vcenter Infrastructure Navigator 1.1.0 This document supports the version of each product listed and supports all subsequent versions until the document is replaced by a new edition. To check for more

More information

Visual Composer for NetWeaver CE: Getting Started with a Typical Workflow

Visual Composer for NetWeaver CE: Getting Started with a Typical Workflow Visual Composer for NetWeaver CE: Getting Started with a Typical Workflow Applies to: Visual Composer for SAP NetWeaver Composition Environment 7.1 Summary This article aims to help you get started modeling

More information

PHD Virtual Backup Exporter. version 6.5 Users Guide. Document Release Date: August 26,

PHD Virtual Backup Exporter. version 6.5 Users Guide. Document Release Date: August 26, PHD Virtual Backup Exporter version 6.5 Users Guide Document Release Date: August 26, 2013 www.phdvirtual.com i PHD Virtual Backup Exporter - Users Guide Legal Notices PHD Virtual Backup Exporter Users

More information

HP StorageWorks Storage Mirroring user s guide Storage Mirroring Application Manager

HP StorageWorks Storage Mirroring user s guide Storage Mirroring Application Manager HP StorageWorks Storage Mirroring user s guide Storage Mirroring Application Manager Part number: T2558-96046 Fifth edition: vember 2006 Legal and notice information Copyright 1999-2006 Hewlett-Packard

More information